patch 8.1.2396: using old C style commentsv8.1.2396

Problem:    Using old C style comments.
Solution:   Use // comments where appropriate.

9 files changed, 1312 insertions, 1313 deletions

diff --git a/src/ui.c b/src/ui.c
index 628ba0c49..7ec1e568f 100644
--- a/src/ui.c
+++ b/src/ui.c
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ ui_write(char_u *s, int len)
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef NO_CONSOLE
-    /* Don't output anything in silent mode ("ex -s") unless 'verbose' set */
+    // Don't output anything in silent mode ("ex -s") unless 'verbose' set
     if (!(silent_mode && p_verbose == 0))
     {
 #if !defined(MSWIN)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ ui_write(char_u *s, int len)
 
 	if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
 	{
-	    /* Convert characters from 'encoding' to 'termencoding'. */
+	    // Convert characters from 'encoding' to 'termencoding'.
 	    tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
 	    if (tofree != NULL)
 		s = tofree;
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ ui_write(char_u *s, int len)
  * here for the next call.
  */
 static char_u *ta_str = NULL;
-static int ta_off;	/* offset for next char to use when ta_str != NULL */
-static int ta_len;	/* length of ta_str when it's not NULL*/
+static int ta_off;	// offset for next char to use when ta_str != NULL
+static int ta_len;	// length of ta_str when it's not NULL
 
     void
 ui_inchar_undo(char_u *s, int len)
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ui_inchar_undo(char_u *s, int len)
 ui_inchar(
     char_u	*buf,
     int		maxlen,
-    long	wtime,	    /* don't use "time", MIPS cannot handle it */
+    long	wtime,	    // don't use "time", MIPS cannot handle it
     int		tb_change_cnt)
 {
     int		retval = 0;
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@ ui_inchar(
 #endif
 
 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT
-    /* Don't wait for character input when the window hasn't been opened yet.
-     * Do try reading, this works when redirecting stdin from a file.
-     * Must return something, otherwise we'll loop forever.  If we run into
-     * this very often we probably got stuck, exit Vim. */
+    // Don't wait for character input when the window hasn't been opened yet.
+    // Do try reading, this works when redirecting stdin from a file.
+    // Must return something, otherwise we'll loop forever.  If we run into
+    // this very often we probably got stuck, exit Vim.
     if (no_console_input())
     {
 	static int count = 0;
@@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ ui_inchar(
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* If we are going to wait for some time or block... */
+    // If we are going to wait for some time or block...
     if (wtime == -1 || wtime > 100L)
     {
-	/* ... allow signals to kill us. */
+	// ... allow signals to kill us.
 	(void)vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_UNBLOCK);
 
-	/* ... there is no need for CTRL-C to interrupt something, don't let
-	 * it set got_int when it was mapped. */
+	// ... there is no need for CTRL-C to interrupt something, don't let
+	// it set got_int when it was mapped.
 	if ((mapped_ctrl_c | curbuf->b_mapped_ctrl_c) & get_real_state())
 	    ctrl_c_interrupts = FALSE;
     }
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ ui_inchar(
 #endif
 
     if (wtime == -1 || wtime > 100L)
-	/* block SIGHUP et al. */
+	// block SIGHUP et al.
 	(void)vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_BLOCK);
 
     ctrl_c_interrupts = TRUE;
@@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ inchar_loop(
     ELAPSED_INIT(start_tv);
 #endif
 
-    /* repeat until we got a character or waited long enough */
+    // repeat until we got a character or waited long enough
     for (;;)
     {
-	/* Check if window changed size while we were busy, perhaps the ":set
-	 * columns=99" command was used. */
+	// Check if window changed size while we were busy, perhaps the ":set
+	// columns=99" command was used.
 	if (resize_func != NULL)
 	    resize_func(FALSE);
 
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ ui_wait_for_chars_or_timer(
 	due_time = check_due_timer();
 	if (typebuf.tb_change_cnt != tb_change_cnt)
 	{
-	    /* timer may have used feedkeys() */
+	    // timer may have used feedkeys()
 	    return FAIL;
 	}
 	if (due_time <= 0 || (wtime > 0 && due_time > remaining))
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ ui_get_shellsize(void)
 
     check_shellsize();
 
-    /* adjust the default for 'lines' and 'columns' */
+    // adjust the default for 'lines' and 'columns'
     if (retval == OK)
     {
 	set_number_default("lines", Rows);
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ ui_get_shellsize(void)
  */
     void
 ui_set_shellsize(
-    int		mustset UNUSED)	/* set by the user */
+    int		mustset UNUSED)	// set by the user
 {
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (gui.in_use)
@@ -711,17 +711,16 @@ ui_breakcheck_force(int force)
     recursive = FALSE;
 }
 
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Functions for copying and pasting text between applications.
- * This is always included in a GUI version, but may also be included when the
- * clipboard and mouse is available to a terminal version such as xterm.
- * Note: there are some more functions in ops.c that handle selection stuff.
- *
- * Also note that the majority of functions here deal with the X 'primary'
- * (visible - for Visual mode use) selection, and only that. There are no
- * versions of these for the 'clipboard' selection, as Visual mode has no use
- * for them.
- */
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Functions for copying and pasting text between applications.
+// This is always included in a GUI version, but may also be included when the
+// clipboard and mouse is available to a terminal version such as xterm.
+// Note: there are some more functions in ops.c that handle selection stuff.
+//
+// Also note that the majority of functions here deal with the X 'primary'
+// (visible - for Visual mode use) selection, and only that. There are no
+// versions of these for the 'clipboard' selection, as Visual mode has no use
+// for them.
 
 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO)
 
@@ -776,7 +775,7 @@ clip_update_selection(Clipboard_T *clip)
 {
     pos_T	    start, end;
 
-    /* If visual mode is only due to a redo command ("."), then ignore it */
+    // If visual mode is only due to a redo command ("."), then ignore it
     if (!redo_VIsual_busy && VIsual_active && (State & NORMAL))
     {
 	if (LT_POS(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor))
@@ -814,8 +813,8 @@ clip_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
      * than a mapping etc.
      */
 #ifdef FEAT_X11
-    /* Always own the selection, we might have lost it without being
-     * notified, e.g. during a ":sh" command. */
+    // Always own the selection, we might have lost it without being
+    // notified, e.g. during a ":sh" command.
     if (cbd->available)
     {
 	int was_owned = cbd->owned;
@@ -823,9 +822,9 @@ clip_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	cbd->owned = (clip_gen_own_selection(cbd) == OK);
 	if (!was_owned && (cbd == &clip_star || cbd == &clip_plus))
 	{
-	    /* May have to show a different kind of highlighting for the
-	     * selected area.  There is no specific redraw command for this,
-	     * just redraw all windows on the current buffer. */
+	    // May have to show a different kind of highlighting for the
+	    // selected area.  There is no specific redraw command for this,
+	    // just redraw all windows on the current buffer.
 	    if (cbd->owned
 		    && (get_real_state() == VISUAL
 					    || get_real_state() == SELECTMODE)
@@ -836,7 +835,7 @@ clip_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	}
     }
 #else
-    /* Only own the clipboard when we didn't own it yet. */
+    // Only own the clipboard when we didn't own it yet.
     if (!cbd->owned && cbd->available)
 	cbd->owned = (clip_gen_own_selection(cbd) == OK);
 #endif
@@ -861,9 +860,9 @@ clip_lose_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 #ifdef FEAT_X11
     if (visual_selection)
     {
-	/* May have to show a different kind of highlighting for the selected
-	 * area.  There is no specific redraw command for this, just redraw all
-	 * windows on the current buffer. */
+	// May have to show a different kind of highlighting for the selected
+	// area.  There is no specific redraw command for this, just redraw all
+	// windows on the current buffer.
 	if (was_owned
 		&& (get_real_state() == VISUAL
 					    || get_real_state() == SELECTMODE)
@@ -899,8 +898,8 @@ clip_copy_selection(Clipboard_T *clip)
  * prevents accessing the clipboard very often which might slow down Vim
  * considerably.
  */
-static int global_change_count = 0; /* if set, inside a start_global_changes */
-static int clipboard_needs_update = FALSE; /* clipboard needs to be updated */
+static int global_change_count = 0; // if set, inside a start_global_changes
+static int clipboard_needs_update = FALSE; // clipboard needs to be updated
 static int clip_did_set_selection = TRUE;
 
 /*
@@ -938,7 +937,7 @@ is_clipboard_needs_update()
 end_global_changes(void)
 {
     if (--global_change_count > 0)
-	/* recursive */
+	// recursive
 	return;
     if (!clip_did_set_selection)
     {
@@ -947,8 +946,8 @@ end_global_changes(void)
 	clip_unnamed_saved = 0;
 	if (clipboard_needs_update)
 	{
-	    /* only store something in the clipboard,
-	     * if we have yanked anything to it */
+	    // only store something in the clipboard,
+	    // if we have yanked anything to it
 	    if (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)
 	    {
 		clip_own_selection(&clip_star);
@@ -1036,8 +1035,8 @@ clip_modeless(int button, int is_click, int is_drag)
 					     && (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_3CLICK));
     if (is_click && button == MOUSE_RIGHT)
     {
-	/* Right mouse button: If there was no selection, start one.
-	 * Otherwise extend the existing selection. */
+	// Right mouse button: If there was no selection, start one.
+	// Otherwise extend the existing selection.
 	if (clip_star.state == SELECT_CLEARED)
 	    clip_start_selection(mouse_col, mouse_row, FALSE);
 	clip_process_selection(button, mouse_col, mouse_row, repeat);
@@ -1046,12 +1045,12 @@ clip_modeless(int button, int is_click, int is_drag)
 	clip_start_selection(mouse_col, mouse_row, repeat);
     else if (is_drag)
     {
-	/* Don't try extending a selection if there isn't one.  Happens when
-	 * button-down is in the cmdline and them moving mouse upwards. */
+	// Don't try extending a selection if there isn't one.  Happens when
+	// button-down is in the cmdline and them moving mouse upwards.
 	if (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED)
 	    clip_process_selection(button, mouse_col, mouse_row, repeat);
     }
-    else /* release */
+    else // release
 	clip_process_selection(MOUSE_RELEASE, mouse_col, mouse_row, FALSE);
 }
 
@@ -1135,7 +1134,7 @@ clip_start_selection(int col, int row, int repeated_click)
 	cb->mode = SELECT_MODE_CHAR;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    /* clear the cursor until the selection is made */
+    // clear the cursor until the selection is made
     if (gui.in_use)
 	gui_undraw_cursor();
 #endif
@@ -1265,7 +1264,7 @@ clip_process_selection(
 	    cb->mode = SELECT_MODE_CHAR;
     }
 
-    /* set state, for when using the right mouse button */
+    // set state, for when using the right mouse button
     cb->state = SELECT_IN_PROGRESS;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG_SELECTION
@@ -1278,11 +1277,11 @@ clip_process_selection(
     switch (cb->mode)
     {
 	case SELECT_MODE_CHAR:
-	    /* If we're on a different line, find where the line ends */
+	    // If we're on a different line, find where the line ends
 	    if (row != cb->prev.lnum)
 		cb->word_end_col = clip_get_line_end(cb, row);
 
-	    /* See if we are before or after the origin of the selection */
+	    // See if we are before or after the origin of the selection
 	    if (clip_compare_pos(row, col, cb->origin_row,
 						   cb->origin_start_col) >= 0)
 	    {
@@ -1312,15 +1311,15 @@ clip_process_selection(
 	    break;
 
 	case SELECT_MODE_WORD:
-	    /* If we are still within the same word, do nothing */
+	    // If we are still within the same word, do nothing
 	    if (row == cb->prev.lnum && col >= (int)cb->word_start_col
 		    && col < (int)cb->word_end_col && !repeated_click)
 		return;
 
-	    /* Get new word boundaries */
+	    // Get new word boundaries
 	    clip_get_word_boundaries(cb, row, col);
 
-	    /* Handle being after the origin point of selection */
+	    // Handle being after the origin point of selection
 	    if (clip_compare_pos(row, col, cb->origin_row,
 		    cb->origin_start_col) >= 0)
 		clip_update_modeless_selection(cb, cb->origin_row,
@@ -1411,7 +1410,7 @@ clip_may_clear_selection(int row1, int row2)
  */
     void
 clip_scroll_selection(
-    int	    rows)		/* negative for scroll down */
+    int	    rows)		// negative for scroll down
 {
     int	    lnum;
 
@@ -1421,13 +1420,13 @@ clip_scroll_selection(
     lnum = clip_star.start.lnum - rows;
     if (lnum <= 0)
 	clip_star.start.lnum = 0;
-    else if (lnum >= screen_Rows)	/* scrolled off of the screen */
+    else if (lnum >= screen_Rows)	// scrolled off of the screen
 	clip_star.state = SELECT_CLEARED;
     else
 	clip_star.start.lnum = lnum;
 
     lnum = clip_star.end.lnum - rows;
-    if (lnum < 0)			/* scrolled off of the screen */
+    if (lnum < 0)			// scrolled off of the screen
 	clip_star.state = SELECT_CLEARED;
     else if (lnum >= screen_Rows)
 	clip_star.end.lnum = screen_Rows - 1;
@@ -1464,7 +1463,7 @@ clip_invert_area(
     if (how == CLIP_SET)
 	invert = TRUE;
 
-    /* Swap the from and to positions so the from is always before */
+    // Swap the from and to positions so the from is always before
     if (clip_compare_pos(row1, col1, row2, col2) > 0)
     {
 	int tmp_row, tmp_col;
@@ -1479,14 +1478,14 @@ clip_invert_area(
     else if (how == CLIP_TOGGLE)
 	invert = TRUE;
 
-    /* If all on the same line, do it the easy way */
+    // If all on the same line, do it the easy way
     if (row1 == row2)
     {
 	clip_invert_rectangle(cbd, row1, col1, 1, col2 - col1, invert);
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Handle a piece of the first line */
+	// Handle a piece of the first line
 	if (col1 > 0)
 	{
 	    clip_invert_rectangle(cbd, row1, col1, 1,
@@ -1494,14 +1493,14 @@ clip_invert_area(
 	    row1++;
 	}
 
-	/* Handle a piece of the last line */
+	// Handle a piece of the last line
 	if (col2 < max_col)
 	{
 	    clip_invert_rectangle(cbd, row2, 0, 1, col2, invert);
 	    row2--;
 	}
 
-	/* Handle the rectangle thats left */
+	// Handle the rectangle thats left
 	if (row2 >= row1)
 	    clip_invert_rectangle(cbd, row1, 0, row2 - row1 + 1,
 							 (int)Columns, invert);
@@ -1578,7 +1577,7 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
     int		row2 = clip_star.end.lnum;
     int		col2 = clip_star.end.col;
 
-    /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
+    // Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized
     if (ScreenLines == NULL)
 	return;
 
@@ -1606,24 +1605,24 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
     if (row2 > clip_star.max_row)
 	row2 = clip_star.max_row;
 #endif
-    /* correct starting point for being on right halve of double-wide char */
+    // correct starting point for being on right halve of double-wide char
     p = ScreenLines + LineOffset[row1];
     if (enc_dbcs != 0)
 	col1 -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col1);
     else if (enc_utf8 && p[col1] == 0)
 	--col1;
 
-    /* Create a temporary buffer for storing the text */
+    // Create a temporary buffer for storing the text
     len = (row2 - row1 + 1) * Columns + 1;
     if (enc_dbcs != 0)
-	len *= 2;	/* max. 2 bytes per display cell */
+	len *= 2;	// max. 2 bytes per display cell
     else if (enc_utf8)
 	len *= MB_MAXBYTES;
     buffer = alloc(len);
-    if (buffer == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
+    if (buffer == NULL)	    // out of memory
 	return;
 
-    /* Process each row in the selection */
+    // Process each row in the selection
     for (bufp = buffer, row = row1; row <= row2; row++)
     {
 	if (row == row1)
@@ -1646,7 +1645,7 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 
 	line_end_col = clip_get_line_end(&clip_star, row);
 
-	/* See if we need to nuke some trailing whitespace */
+	// See if we need to nuke some trailing whitespace
 	if (end_col >=
 #ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
 		clip_star.max_col
@@ -1655,17 +1654,17 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 #endif
 		    && (row < row2 || end_col > line_end_col))
 	{
-	    /* Get rid of trailing whitespace */
+	    // Get rid of trailing whitespace
 	    end_col = line_end_col;
 	    if (end_col < start_col)
 		end_col = start_col;
 
-	    /* If the last line extended to the end, add an extra newline */
+	    // If the last line extended to the end, add an extra newline
 	    if (row == row2)
 		add_newline_flag = TRUE;
 	}
 
-	/* If after the first row, we need to always add a newline */
+	// If after the first row, we need to always add a newline
 	if (row > row1 && !LineWraps[row - 1])
 	    *bufp++ = NL;
 
@@ -1680,7 +1679,7 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 		for (i = start_col; i < end_col; ++i)
 		    if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[i] == 0x8e)
 		    {
-			/* single-width double-byte char */
+			// single-width double-byte char
 			*bufp++ = 0x8e;
 			*bufp++ = ScreenLines2[LineOffset[row] + i];
 		    }
@@ -1700,8 +1699,8 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 		off = LineOffset[row];
 		for (i = start_col; i < end_col; ++i)
 		{
-		    /* The base character is either in ScreenLinesUC[] or
-		     * ScreenLines[]. */
+		    // The base character is either in ScreenLinesUC[] or
+		    // ScreenLines[].
 		    if (ScreenLinesUC[off + i] == 0)
 			*bufp++ = ScreenLines[off + i];
 		    else
@@ -1709,14 +1708,14 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 			bufp += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesUC[off + i], bufp);
 			for (ci = 0; ci < Screen_mco; ++ci)
 			{
-			    /* Add a composing character. */
+			    // Add a composing character.
 			    if (ScreenLinesC[ci][off + i] == 0)
 				break;
 			    bufp += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC[ci][off + i],
 									bufp);
 			}
 		    }
-		    /* Skip right halve of double-wide character. */
+		    // Skip right halve of double-wide character.
 		    if (ScreenLines[off + i + 1] == 0)
 			++i;
 		}
@@ -1730,24 +1729,24 @@ clip_copy_modeless_selection(int both UNUSED)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Add a newline at the end if the selection ended there */
+    // Add a newline at the end if the selection ended there
     if (add_newline_flag)
 	*bufp++ = NL;
 
-    /* First cleanup any old selection and become the owner. */
+    // First cleanup any old selection and become the owner.
     clip_free_selection(&clip_star);
     clip_own_selection(&clip_star);
 
-    /* Yank the text into the '*' register. */
+    // Yank the text into the '*' register.
     clip_yank_selection(MCHAR, buffer, (long)(bufp - buffer), &clip_star);
 
-    /* Make the register contents available to the outside world. */
+    // Make the register contents available to the outside world.
     clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_X11
     if (both)
     {
-	/* Do the same for the '+' register. */
+	// Do the same for the '+' register.
 	clip_free_selection(&clip_plus);
 	clip_own_selection(&clip_plus);
 	clip_yank_selection(MCHAR, buffer, (long)(bufp - buffer), &clip_plus);
@@ -1775,7 +1774,7 @@ clip_get_word_boundaries(Clipboard_T *cb, int row, int col)
 	return;
 
     p = ScreenLines + LineOffset[row];
-    /* Correct for starting in the right halve of a double-wide char */
+    // Correct for starting in the right halve of a double-wide char
     if (enc_dbcs != 0)
 	col -= dbcs_screen_head_off(p, p + col);
     else if (enc_utf8 && p[col] == 0)
@@ -1837,7 +1836,7 @@ clip_update_modeless_selection(
     int		    row2,
     int		    col2)
 {
-    /* See if we changed at the beginning of the selection */
+    // See if we changed at the beginning of the selection
     if (row1 != cb->start.lnum || col1 != (int)cb->start.col)
     {
 	clip_invert_area(cb, row1, col1, (int)cb->start.lnum, cb->start.col,
@@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@ clip_update_modeless_selection(
 	cb->start.col  = col1;
     }
 
-    /* See if we changed at the end of the selection */
+    // See if we changed at the end of the selection
     if (row2 != cb->end.lnum || col2 != (int)cb->end.col)
     {
 	clip_invert_area(cb, (int)cb->end.lnum, cb->end.col, row2, col2,
@@ -1891,8 +1890,8 @@ clip_gen_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 {
     if (!clip_did_set_selection)
     {
-	/* Updating postponed, so that accessing the system clipboard won't
-	 * hang Vim when accessing it many times (e.g. on a :g command). */
+	// Updating postponed, so that accessing the system clipboard won't
+	// hang Vim when accessing it many times (e.g. on a :g command).
 	if ((cbd == &clip_plus && (clip_unnamed_saved & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS))
 		|| (cbd == &clip_star && (clip_unnamed_saved & CLIP_UNNAMED)))
 	{
@@ -2037,17 +2036,16 @@ check_clipboard_option(void)
 
 #endif // FEAT_CLIPBOARD
 
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Functions that handle the input buffer.
- * This is used for any GUI version, and the unix terminal version.
- *
- * For Unix, the input characters are buffered to be able to check for a
- * CTRL-C.  This should be done with signals, but I don't know how to do that
- * in a portable way for a tty in RAW mode.
- *
- * For the client-server code in the console the received keys are put in the
- * input buffer.
- */
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Functions that handle the input buffer.
+// This is used for any GUI version, and the unix terminal version.
+//
+// For Unix, the input characters are buffered to be able to check for a
+// CTRL-C.  This should be done with signals, but I don't know how to do that
+// in a portable way for a tty in RAW mode.
+//
+// For the client-server code in the console the received keys are put in the
+// input buffer.
 
 #if defined(USE_INPUT_BUF) || defined(PROTO)
 
@@ -2068,7 +2066,7 @@ check_clipboard_option(void)
 #endif
 
 static char_u	inbuf[INBUFLEN + MAX_KEY_CODE_LEN];
-static int	inbufcount = 0;	    /* number of chars in inbuf[] */
+static int	inbufcount = 0;	    // number of chars in inbuf[]
 
 /*
  * vim_is_input_buf_full(), vim_is_input_buf_empty(), add_to_input_buf(), and
@@ -2113,11 +2111,11 @@ get_input_buf(void)
 {
     garray_T	*gap;
 
-    /* We use a growarray to store the data pointer and the length. */
+    // We use a growarray to store the data pointer and the length.
     gap = ALLOC_ONE(garray_T);
     if (gap != NULL)
     {
-	/* Add one to avoid a zero size. */
+	// Add one to avoid a zero size.
 	gap->ga_data = alloc(inbufcount + 1);
 	if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
 	    mch_memmove(gap->ga_data, inbuf, (size_t)inbufcount);
@@ -2157,7 +2155,7 @@ set_input_buf(char_u *p)
 add_to_input_buf(char_u *s, int len)
 {
     if (inbufcount + len > INBUFLEN + MAX_KEY_CODE_LEN)
-	return;	    /* Shouldn't ever happen! */
+	return;	    // Shouldn't ever happen!
 
     while (len--)
 	inbuf[inbufcount++] = *s++;
@@ -2177,7 +2175,7 @@ add_to_input_buf_csi(char_u *str, int len)
 	add_to_input_buf(str + i, 1);
 	if (str[i] == CSI)
 	{
-	    /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
+	    // Turn CSI into K_CSI.
 	    buf[0] = KS_EXTRA;
 	    buf[1] = (int)KE_CSI;
 	    add_to_input_buf(buf, 2);
@@ -2185,7 +2183,9 @@ add_to_input_buf_csi(char_u *str, int len)
     }
 }
 
-/* Remove everything from the input buffer.  Called when ^C is found */
+/*
+ * Remove everything from the input buffer.  Called when ^C is found.
+ */
     void
 trash_input_buf(void)
 {
@@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ trash_input_buf(void)
     int
 read_from_input_buf(char_u *buf, long maxlen)
 {
-    if (inbufcount == 0)	/* if the buffer is empty, fill it */
+    if (inbufcount == 0)	// if the buffer is empty, fill it
 	fill_input_buf(TRUE);
     if (maxlen > inbufcount)
 	maxlen = inbufcount;
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
     int		len;
     int		try;
     static int	did_read_something = FALSE;
-    static char_u *rest = NULL;	    /* unconverted rest of previous read */
+    static char_u *rest = NULL;	    // unconverted rest of previous read
     static int	restlen = 0;
     int		unconverted;
 #endif
@@ -2225,8 +2225,8 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (gui.in_use
 # ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT
-    /* Don't use the GUI input when the window hasn't been opened yet.
-     * We get here from ui_inchar() when we should try reading from stdin. */
+    // Don't use the GUI input when the window hasn't been opened yet.
+    // We get here from ui_inchar() when we should try reading from stdin.
 	    && !no_console_input()
 # endif
        )
@@ -2257,8 +2257,8 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 
     if (rest != NULL)
     {
-	/* Use remainder of previous call, starts with an invalid character
-	 * that may become valid when reading more. */
+	// Use remainder of previous call, starts with an invalid character
+	// that may become valid when reading more.
 	if (restlen > INBUFLEN - inbufcount)
 	    unconverted = INBUFLEN - inbufcount;
 	else
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
     else
 	unconverted = 0;
 
-    len = 0;	/* to avoid gcc warning */
+    len = 0;	// to avoid gcc warning
     for (try = 0; try < 100; ++try)
     {
 	size_t readlen = (size_t)((INBUFLEN - inbufcount)
@@ -2297,16 +2297,16 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 	{
 	    int m = cur_tmode;
 
-	    /* We probably set the wrong file descriptor to raw mode.  Switch
-	     * back to cooked mode, use another descriptor and set the mode to
-	     * what it was. */
+	    // We probably set the wrong file descriptor to raw mode.  Switch
+	    // back to cooked mode, use another descriptor and set the mode to
+	    // what it was.
 	    settmode(TMODE_COOK);
 #ifdef HAVE_DUP
-	    /* Use stderr for stdin, also works for shell commands. */
+	    // Use stderr for stdin, also works for shell commands.
 	    close(0);
 	    vim_ignored = dup(2);
 #else
-	    read_cmd_fd = 2;	/* read from stderr instead of stdin */
+	    read_cmd_fd = 2;	// read from stderr instead of stdin
 #endif
 	    settmode(m);
 	}
@@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 	did_read_something = TRUE;
     if (got_int)
     {
-	/* Interrupted, pretend a CTRL-C was typed. */
+	// Interrupted, pretend a CTRL-C was typed.
 	inbuf[0] = 3;
 	inbufcount = 1;
     }
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 	     */
 	    if (inbuf[inbufcount] == 3 && ctrl_c_interrupts)
 	    {
-		/* remove everything typed before the CTRL-C */
+		// remove everything typed before the CTRL-C
 		mch_memmove(inbuf, inbuf + inbufcount, (size_t)(len + 1));
 		inbufcount = 0;
 		got_int = TRUE;
@@ -2356,9 +2356,9 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
 	    ++inbufcount;
 	}
     }
-#endif /* UNIX or VMS*/
+#endif // UNIX or VMS
 }
-#endif /* defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(VMS) */
+#endif // defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(VMS)
 
 /*
  * Exit because of an input read error.
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ fill_input_buf(int exit_on_error UNUSED)
     void
 read_error_exit(void)
 {
-    if (silent_mode)	/* Normal way to exit for "ex -s" */
+    if (silent_mode)	// Normal way to exit for "ex -s"
 	getout(0);
     STRCPY(IObuff, _("Vim: Error reading input, exiting...\n"));
     preserve_exit();
@@ -2450,13 +2450,13 @@ open_app_context(void)
     }
 }
 
-static Atom	vim_atom;	/* Vim's own special selection format */
-static Atom	vimenc_atom;	/* Vim's extended selection format */
+static Atom	vim_atom;	// Vim's own special selection format
+static Atom	vimenc_atom;	// Vim's extended selection format
 static Atom	utf8_atom;
 static Atom	compound_text_atom;
 static Atom	text_atom;
 static Atom	targets_atom;
-static Atom	timestamp_atom;	/* Used to get a timestamp */
+static Atom	timestamp_atom;	// Used to get a timestamp
 
     void
 x11_setup_atoms(Display *dpy)
@@ -2496,8 +2496,8 @@ clip_x11_timestamp_cb(
     unsigned char   *prop=NULL;
     XPropertyEvent  *xproperty=&event->xproperty;
 
-    /* Must be a property notify, state can't be Delete (True), has to be
-     * one of the supported selection types. */
+    // Must be a property notify, state can't be Delete (True), has to be
+    // one of the supported selection types.
     if (event->type != PropertyNotify || xproperty->state
 	    || (xproperty->atom != clip_star.sel_atom
 				    && xproperty->atom != clip_plus.sel_atom))
@@ -2511,17 +2511,17 @@ clip_x11_timestamp_cb(
     if (prop)
 	XFree(prop);
 
-    /* Make sure the property type is "TIMESTAMP" and it's 32 bits. */
+    // Make sure the property type is "TIMESTAMP" and it's 32 bits.
     if (actual_type != timestamp_atom || format != 32)
 	return;
 
-    /* Get the selection, using the event timestamp. */
+    // Get the selection, using the event timestamp.
     if (XtOwnSelection(w, xproperty->atom, xproperty->time,
 	    clip_x11_convert_selection_cb, clip_x11_lose_ownership_cb,
 	    clip_x11_notify_cb) == OK)
     {
-	/* Set the "owned" flag now, there may have been a call to
-	 * lose_ownership_cb in between. */
+	// Set the "owned" flag now, there may have been a call to
+	// lose_ownership_cb in between.
 	if (xproperty->atom == clip_plus.sel_atom)
 	    clip_plus.owned = TRUE;
 	else
@@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ clip_x11_request_selection_cb(
 
     if (value == NULL || *length == 0)
     {
-	clip_free_selection(cbd);	/* nothing received, clear register */
+	clip_free_selection(cbd);	// nothing received, clear register
 	*(int *)success = FALSE;
 	return;
     }
@@ -2585,13 +2585,13 @@ clip_x11_request_selection_cb(
 	p += STRLEN(p) + 1;
 	len -= p - enc;
 
-	/* If the encoding of the text is different from 'encoding', attempt
-	 * converting it. */
+	// If the encoding of the text is different from 'encoding', attempt
+	// converting it.
 	conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
 	convert_setup(&conv, enc, p_enc);
 	if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
 	{
-	    convlen = len;	/* Need to use an int here. */
+	    convlen = len;	// Need to use an int here.
 	    tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, p, &convlen);
 	    len = convlen;
 	    if (tmpbuf != NULL)
@@ -2666,15 +2666,15 @@ clip_x11_request_selection(
 		&& !enc_utf8
 # endif
 		)
-	    /* Only request utf-8 when 'encoding' is utf8 and
-	     * Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList is available. */
+	    // Only request utf-8 when 'encoding' is utf8 and
+	    // Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList is available.
 	    continue;
 	success = MAYBE;
 	XtGetSelectionValue(myShell, cbd->sel_atom, type,
 	    clip_x11_request_selection_cb, (XtPointer)&success, CurrentTime);
 
-	/* Make sure the request for the selection goes out before waiting for
-	 * a response. */
+	// Make sure the request for the selection goes out before waiting for
+	// a response.
 	XFlush(dpy);
 
 	/*
@@ -2689,44 +2689,44 @@ clip_x11_request_selection(
 		    || XCheckTypedEvent(dpy, SelectionNotify, &event)
 		    || XCheckTypedEvent(dpy, SelectionRequest, &event))
 	    {
-		/* This is where clip_x11_request_selection_cb() should be
-		 * called.  It may actually happen a bit later, so we loop
-		 * until "success" changes.
-		 * We may get a SelectionRequest here and if we don't handle
-		 * it we hang.  KDE klipper does this, for example.
-		 * We need to handle a PropertyNotify for large selections. */
+		// This is where clip_x11_request_selection_cb() should be
+		// called.  It may actually happen a bit later, so we loop
+		// until "success" changes.
+		// We may get a SelectionRequest here and if we don't handle
+		// it we hang.  KDE klipper does this, for example.
+		// We need to handle a PropertyNotify for large selections.
 		XtDispatchEvent(&event);
 		continue;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Time out after 2 to 3 seconds to avoid that we hang when the
-	     * other process doesn't respond.  Note that the SelectionNotify
-	     * event may still come later when the selection owner comes back
-	     * to life and the text gets inserted unexpectedly.  Don't know
-	     * why that happens or how to avoid that :-(. */
+	    // Time out after 2 to 3 seconds to avoid that we hang when the
+	    // other process doesn't respond.  Note that the SelectionNotify
+	    // event may still come later when the selection owner comes back
+	    // to life and the text gets inserted unexpectedly.  Don't know
+	    // why that happens or how to avoid that :-(.
 	    if (time(NULL) > start_time + 2)
 	    {
 		timed_out = TRUE;
 		break;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Do we need this?  Probably not. */
+	    // Do we need this?  Probably not.
 	    XSync(dpy, False);
 
-	    /* Wait for 1 msec to avoid that we eat up all CPU time. */
+	    // Wait for 1 msec to avoid that we eat up all CPU time.
 	    ui_delay(1L, TRUE);
 	}
 
 	if (success == TRUE)
 	    return;
 
-	/* don't do a retry with another type after timing out, otherwise we
-	 * hang for 15 seconds. */
+	// don't do a retry with another type after timing out, otherwise we
+	// hang for 15 seconds.
 	if (timed_out)
 	    break;
     }
 
-    /* Final fallback position - use the X CUT_BUFFER0 store */
+    // Final fallback position - use the X CUT_BUFFER0 store
     yank_cut_buffer0(dpy, cbd);
 }
 
@@ -2753,9 +2753,9 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
 	cbd = &clip_star;
 
     if (!cbd->owned)
-	return False;	    /* Shouldn't ever happen */
+	return False;	    // Shouldn't ever happen
 
-    /* requestor wants to know what target types we support */
+    // requestor wants to know what target types we support
     if (*target == targets_atom)
     {
 	static Atom array[7];
@@ -2772,8 +2772,8 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
 	array[i++] = compound_text_atom;
 
 	*type = XA_ATOM;
-	/* This used to be: *format = sizeof(Atom) * 8; but that caused
-	 * crashes on 64 bit machines. (Peter Derr) */
+	// This used to be: *format = sizeof(Atom) * 8; but that caused
+	// crashes on 64 bit machines. (Peter Derr)
 	*format = 32;
 	*length = i;
 	return True;
@@ -2792,11 +2792,11 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
     if (motion_type < 0)
 	return False;
 
-    /* For our own format, the first byte contains the motion type */
+    // For our own format, the first byte contains the motion type
     if (*target == vim_atom)
 	(*length)++;
 
-    /* Our own format with encoding: motion 'encoding' NUL text */
+    // Our own format with encoding: motion 'encoding' NUL text
     if (*target == vimenc_atom)
 	*length += STRLEN(p_enc) + 2;
 
@@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
 	char		*string_nt = (char *)save_result;
 	int		conv_result;
 
-	/* create NUL terminated string which XmbTextListToTextProperty wants */
+	// create NUL terminated string which XmbTextListToTextProperty wants
 	mch_memmove(string_nt, string, (size_t)*length);
 	string_nt[*length] = NUL;
 	conv_result = XmbTextListToTextProperty(X_DISPLAY, (char **)&string_nt,
@@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
 	    vim_free(string);
 	    return False;
 	}
-	*value = (XtPointer)(text_prop.value);	/*    from plain text */
+	*value = (XtPointer)(text_prop.value);	//    from plain text
 	*length = text_prop.nitems;
 	*type = compound_text_atom;
 	XtFree((char *)save_result);
@@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ clip_x11_convert_selection_cb(
 	mch_memmove(save_result + 1, string, (size_t)(*length - 1));
 	*type = vim_atom;
     }
-    *format = 8;	    /* 8 bits per char */
+    *format = 8;	    // 8 bits per char
     vim_free(string);
     return True;
 }
@@ -2879,16 +2879,16 @@ clip_x11_lose_selection(Widget myShell, Clipboard_T *cbd)
     static void
 clip_x11_notify_cb(Widget w UNUSED, Atom *sel_atom UNUSED, Atom *target UNUSED)
 {
-    /* To prevent automatically freeing the selection value. */
+    // To prevent automatically freeing the selection value.
 }
 
     int
 clip_x11_own_selection(Widget myShell, Clipboard_T *cbd)
 {
-    /* When using the GUI we have proper timestamps, use the one of the last
-     * event.  When in the console we don't get events (the terminal gets
-     * them), Get the time by a zero-length append, clip_x11_timestamp_cb will
-     * be called with the current timestamp.  */
+    // When using the GUI we have proper timestamps, use the one of the last
+    // event.  When in the console we don't get events (the terminal gets
+    // them), Get the time by a zero-length append, clip_x11_timestamp_cb will
+    // be called with the current timestamp.
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (gui.in_use)
     {
@@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ clip_x11_own_selection(Widget myShell, Clipboard_T *cbd)
 		  cbd->sel_atom, timestamp_atom, 32, PropModeAppend, NULL, 0))
 	    return FAIL;
     }
-    /* Flush is required in a terminal as nothing else is doing it. */
+    // Flush is required in a terminal as nothing else is doing it.
     XFlush(XtDisplay(myShell));
     return OK;
 }
@@ -2944,10 +2944,10 @@ yank_cut_buffer0(Display *dpy, Clipboard_T *cbd)
     {
 	int  done = FALSE;
 
-	/* CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to be always latin1.  Convert to 'enc' when
-	 * using a multi-byte encoding.  Conversion between two 8-bit
-	 * character sets usually fails and the text might actually be in
-	 * 'enc' anyway. */
+	// CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to be always latin1.  Convert to 'enc' when
+	// using a multi-byte encoding.  Conversion between two 8-bit
+	// character sets usually fails and the text might actually be in
+	// 'enc' anyway.
 	if (has_mbyte)
 	{
 	    char_u	*conv_buf;
@@ -2966,7 +2966,7 @@ yank_cut_buffer0(Display *dpy, Clipboard_T *cbd)
 		convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL);
 	    }
 	}
-	if (!done)  /* use the text without conversion */
+	if (!done)  // use the text without conversion
 	    clip_yank_selection(MCHAR, buffer, (long)nbytes, cbd);
 	XFree((void *)buffer);
 	if (p_verbose > 0)
@@ -2986,14 +2986,14 @@ yank_cut_buffer0(Display *dpy, Clipboard_T *cbd)
  */
     void
 ui_focus_change(
-    int		in_focus)	/* TRUE if focus gained. */
+    int		in_focus)	// TRUE if focus gained.
 {
     static time_t	last_time = (time_t)0;
     int			need_redraw = FALSE;
 
-    /* When activated: Check if any file was modified outside of Vim.
-     * Only do this when not done within the last two seconds (could get
-     * several events in a row). */
+    // When activated: Check if any file was modified outside of Vim.
+    // Only do this when not done within the last two seconds (could get
+    // several events in a row).
     if (in_focus && last_time + 2 < time(NULL))
     {
 	need_redraw = check_timestamps(
@@ -3014,8 +3014,8 @@ ui_focus_change(
 
     if (need_redraw)
     {
-	/* Something was executed, make sure the cursor is put back where it
-	 * belongs. */
+	// Something was executed, make sure the cursor is put back where it
+	// belongs.
 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
 
 	if (State & CMDLINE)
@@ -3029,7 +3029,7 @@ ui_focus_change(
 		update_screen(0);
 	    setcursor();
 	}
-	cursor_on();	    /* redrawing may have switched it off */
+	cursor_on();	    // redrawing may have switched it off
 	out_flush_cursor(FALSE, TRUE);
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
 	if (gui.in_use)
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ ui_focus_change(
 # endif
     }
 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
-    /* File may have been changed from 'readonly' to 'noreadonly' */
+    // File may have been changed from 'readonly' to 'noreadonly'
     if (need_maketitle)
 	maketitle();
 #endif
@@ -3051,13 +3051,13 @@ ui_focus_change(
     void
 im_save_status(long *psave)
 {
-    /* Don't save when 'imdisable' is set or "xic" is NULL, IM is always
-     * disabled then (but might start later).
-     * Also don't save when inside a mapping, vgetc_im_active has not been set
-     * then.
-     * And don't save when the keys were stuffed (e.g., for a "." command).
-     * And don't save when the GUI is running but our window doesn't have
-     * input focus (e.g., when a find dialog is open). */
+    // Don't save when 'imdisable' is set or "xic" is NULL, IM is always
+    // disabled then (but might start later).
+    // Also don't save when inside a mapping, vgetc_im_active has not been set
+    // then.
+    // And don't save when the keys were stuffed (e.g., for a "." command).
+    // And don't save when the GUI is running but our window doesn't have
+    // input focus (e.g., when a find dialog is open).
     if (!p_imdisable && KeyTyped && !KeyStuffed
 # ifdef FEAT_XIM
 	    && xic != NULL
@@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ im_save_status(long *psave)
 # endif
 	)
     {
-	/* Do save when IM is on, or IM is off and saved status is on. */
+	// Do save when IM is on, or IM is off and saved status is on.
 	if (vgetc_im_active)
 	    *psave = B_IMODE_IM;
 	else if (*psave == B_IMODE_IM)
diff --git a/src/undo.c b/src/undo.c
index 85c041ebb..54a6e1c5b 100644
--- a/src/undo.c
+++ b/src/undo.c
@@ -75,27 +75,27 @@
  * All data is allocated and will all be freed when the buffer is unloaded.
  */
 
-/* Uncomment the next line for including the u_check() function.  This warns
- * for errors in the debug information. */
-/* #define U_DEBUG 1 */
-#define UH_MAGIC 0x18dade	/* value for uh_magic when in use */
-#define UE_MAGIC 0xabc123	/* value for ue_magic when in use */
+// Uncomment the next line for including the u_check() function.  This warns
+// for errors in the debug information.
+// #define U_DEBUG 1
+#define UH_MAGIC 0x18dade	// value for uh_magic when in use
+#define UE_MAGIC 0xabc123	// value for ue_magic when in use
 
-/* Size of buffer used for encryption. */
+// Size of buffer used for encryption.
 #define CRYPT_BUF_SIZE 8192
 
 #include "vim.h"
 
-/* Structure passed around between functions.
- * Avoids passing cryptstate_T when encryption not available. */
+// Structure passed around between functions.
+// Avoids passing cryptstate_T when encryption not available.
 typedef struct {
     buf_T	*bi_buf;
     FILE	*bi_fp;
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
     cryptstate_T *bi_state;
-    char_u	*bi_buffer; /* CRYPT_BUF_SIZE, NULL when not buffering */
-    size_t	bi_used;    /* bytes written to/read from bi_buffer */
-    size_t	bi_avail;   /* bytes available in bi_buffer */
+    char_u	*bi_buffer; // CRYPT_BUF_SIZE, NULL when not buffering
+    size_t	bi_used;    // bytes written to/read from bi_buffer
+    size_t	bi_avail;   // bytes available in bi_buffer
 #endif
 } bufinfo_T;
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static void u_saveline(linenr_T lnum);
 
 #define U_ALLOC_LINE(size) lalloc(size, FALSE)
 
-/* used in undo_end() to report number of added and deleted lines */
+// used in undo_end() to report number of added and deleted lines
 static long	u_newcount, u_oldcount;
 
 /*
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ u_check_tree(u_header_T *uhp,
 	emsg("uh_magic wrong (may be using freed memory)");
     else
     {
-	/* Check pointers back are correct. */
+	// Check pointers back are correct.
 	if (uhp->uh_next.ptr != exp_uh_next)
 	{
 	    emsg("uh_next wrong");
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ u_check_tree(u_header_T *uhp,
 				       exp_uh_alt_prev, uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr);
 	}
 
-	/* Check the undo tree at this header. */
+	// Check the undo tree at this header.
 	for (uep = uhp->uh_entry; uep != NULL; uep = uep->ue_next)
 	{
 	    if (uep->ue_magic != UE_MAGIC)
@@ -195,10 +195,10 @@ u_check_tree(u_header_T *uhp,
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* Check the next alt tree. */
+	// Check the next alt tree.
 	u_check_tree(uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr, uhp->uh_next.ptr, uhp);
 
-	/* Check the next header in this branch. */
+	// Check the next header in this branch.
 	u_check_tree(uhp->uh_prev.ptr, uhp, NULL);
     }
 }
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ u_savedel(linenr_T lnum, long nlines)
     int
 undo_allowed(void)
 {
-    /* Don't allow changes when 'modifiable' is off.  */
+    // Don't allow changes when 'modifiable' is off.
     if (!curbuf->b_p_ma)
     {
 	emsg(_(e_modifiable));
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ undo_allowed(void)
     }
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
-    /* In the sandbox it's not allowed to change the text. */
+    // In the sandbox it's not allowed to change the text.
     if (sandbox != 0)
     {
 	emsg(_(e_sandbox));
@@ -329,8 +329,8 @@ undo_allowed(void)
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline.  The
-     * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
+    // Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline.  The
+    // caller of getcmdline() may get confused.
     if (textlock != 0)
     {
 	emsg(_(e_secure));
@@ -401,8 +401,8 @@ u_savecommon(
 
     if (!reload)
     {
-	/* When making changes is not allowed return FAIL.  It's a crude way
-	 * to make all change commands fail. */
+	// When making changes is not allowed return FAIL.  It's a crude way
+	// to make all change commands fail.
 	if (!undo_allowed())
 	    return FAIL;
 
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ u_savecommon(
 	}
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
-	/* A change in a terminal buffer removes the highlighting. */
+	// A change in a terminal buffer removes the highlighting.
 	term_change_in_curbuf();
 #endif
 
@@ -439,8 +439,8 @@ u_savecommon(
 	change_warning(0);
 	if (bot > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1)
 	{
-	    /* This happens when the FileChangedRO autocommand changes the
-	     * file in a way it becomes shorter. */
+	    // This happens when the FileChangedRO autocommand changes the
+	    // file in a way it becomes shorter.
 	    emsg(_("E881: Line count changed unexpectedly"));
 	    return FAIL;
 	}
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ u_savecommon(
     if (curbuf->b_u_synced)
     {
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
-	/* Need to create new entry in b_changelist. */
+	// Need to create new entry in b_changelist.
 	curbuf->b_new_change = TRUE;
 #endif
 
@@ -498,14 +498,14 @@ u_savecommon(
 	    u_header_T	    *uhfree = curbuf->b_u_oldhead;
 
 	    if (uhfree == old_curhead)
-		/* Can't reconnect the branch, delete all of it. */
+		// Can't reconnect the branch, delete all of it.
 		u_freebranch(curbuf, uhfree, &old_curhead);
 	    else if (uhfree->uh_alt_next.ptr == NULL)
-		/* There is no branch, only free one header. */
+		// There is no branch, only free one header.
 		u_freeheader(curbuf, uhfree, &old_curhead);
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Free the oldest alternate branch as a whole. */
+		// Free the oldest alternate branch as a whole.
 		while (uhfree->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL)
 		    uhfree = uhfree->uh_alt_next.ptr;
 		u_freebranch(curbuf, uhfree, &old_curhead);
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ u_savecommon(
 #endif
 	}
 
-	if (uhp == NULL)		/* no undo at all */
+	if (uhp == NULL)		// no undo at all
 	{
 	    if (old_curhead != NULL)
 		u_freebranch(curbuf, old_curhead, NULL);
@@ -549,17 +549,17 @@ u_savecommon(
 	uhp->uh_walk = 0;
 	uhp->uh_entry = NULL;
 	uhp->uh_getbot_entry = NULL;
-	uhp->uh_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;	/* save cursor pos. for undo */
+	uhp->uh_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;	// save cursor pos. for undo
 	if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
 	    uhp->uh_cursor_vcol = getviscol();
 	else
 	    uhp->uh_cursor_vcol = -1;
 
-	/* save changed and buffer empty flag for undo */
+	// save changed and buffer empty flag for undo
 	uhp->uh_flags = (curbuf->b_changed ? UH_CHANGED : 0) +
 		       ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) ? UH_EMPTYBUF : 0);
 
-	/* save named marks and Visual marks for undo */
+	// save named marks and Visual marks for undo
 	mch_memmove(uhp->uh_namedm, curbuf->b_namedm, sizeof(pos_T) * NMARKS);
 	uhp->uh_visual = curbuf->b_visual;
 
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ u_savecommon(
     }
     else
     {
-	if (get_undolevel() < 0)	/* no undo at all */
+	if (get_undolevel() < 0)	// no undo at all
 	    return OK;
 
 	/*
@@ -591,8 +591,8 @@ u_savecommon(
 		if (uep == NULL)
 		    break;
 
-		/* If lines have been inserted/deleted we give up.
-		 * Also when the line was included in a multi-line save. */
+		// If lines have been inserted/deleted we give up.
+		// Also when the line was included in a multi-line save.
 		if ((curbuf->b_u_newhead->uh_getbot_entry != uep
 			    ? (uep->ue_top + uep->ue_size + 1
 				!= (uep->ue_bot == 0
@@ -604,29 +604,29 @@ u_savecommon(
 			    && top + 2 <= uep->ue_top + uep->ue_size + 1))
 		    break;
 
-		/* If it's the same line we can skip saving it again. */
+		// If it's the same line we can skip saving it again.
 		if (uep->ue_size == 1 && uep->ue_top == top)
 		{
 		    if (i > 0)
 		    {
-			/* It's not the last entry: get ue_bot for the last
-			 * entry now.  Following deleted/inserted lines go to
-			 * the re-used entry. */
+			// It's not the last entry: get ue_bot for the last
+			// entry now.  Following deleted/inserted lines go to
+			// the re-used entry.
 			u_getbot();
 			curbuf->b_u_synced = FALSE;
 
-			/* Move the found entry to become the last entry.  The
-			 * order of undo/redo doesn't matter for the entries
-			 * we move it over, since they don't change the line
-			 * count and don't include this line.  It does matter
-			 * for the found entry if the line count is changed by
-			 * the executed command. */
+			// Move the found entry to become the last entry.  The
+			// order of undo/redo doesn't matter for the entries
+			// we move it over, since they don't change the line
+			// count and don't include this line.  It does matter
+			// for the found entry if the line count is changed by
+			// the executed command.
 			prev_uep->ue_next = uep->ue_next;
 			uep->ue_next = curbuf->b_u_newhead->uh_entry;
 			curbuf->b_u_newhead->uh_entry = uep;
 		    }
 
-		    /* The executed command may change the line count. */
+		    // The executed command may change the line count.
 		    if (newbot != 0)
 			uep->ue_bot = newbot;
 		    else if (bot > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ u_savecommon(
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* find line number for ue_bot for previous u_save() */
+	// find line number for ue_bot for previous u_save()
 	u_getbot();
     }
 
@@ -718,11 +718,11 @@ u_savecommon(
     return OK;
 
 nomem:
-    msg_silent = 0;	/* must display the prompt */
+    msg_silent = 0;	// must display the prompt
     if (ask_yesno((char_u *)_("No undo possible; continue anyway"), TRUE)
 								       == 'y')
     {
-	undo_off = TRUE;	    /* will be reset when character typed */
+	undo_off = TRUE;	    // will be reset when character typed
 	return OK;
     }
     do_outofmem_msg((long_u)0);
@@ -731,19 +731,19 @@ nomem:
 
 #if defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO)
 
-# define UF_START_MAGIC	    "Vim\237UnDo\345"  /* magic at start of undofile */
+# define UF_START_MAGIC	    "Vim\237UnDo\345"  // magic at start of undofile
 # define UF_START_MAGIC_LEN	9
-# define UF_HEADER_MAGIC	0x5fd0	/* magic at start of header */
-# define UF_HEADER_END_MAGIC	0xe7aa	/* magic after last header */
-# define UF_ENTRY_MAGIC		0xf518	/* magic at start of entry */
-# define UF_ENTRY_END_MAGIC	0x3581	/* magic after last entry */
-# define UF_VERSION		2	/* 2-byte undofile version number */
-# define UF_VERSION_CRYPT	0x8002	/* idem, encrypted */
-
-/* extra fields for header */
+# define UF_HEADER_MAGIC	0x5fd0	// magic at start of header
+# define UF_HEADER_END_MAGIC	0xe7aa	// magic after last header
+# define UF_ENTRY_MAGIC		0xf518	// magic at start of entry
+# define UF_ENTRY_END_MAGIC	0x3581	// magic after last entry
+# define UF_VERSION		2	// 2-byte undofile version number
+# define UF_VERSION_CRYPT	0x8002	// idem, encrypted
+
+// extra fields for header
 # define UF_LAST_SAVE_NR	1
 
-/* extra fields for uhp */
+// extra fields for uhp
 # define UHP_SAVE_NR		1
 
 static char_u e_not_open[] = N_("E828: Cannot open undo file for writing: %s");
@@ -793,36 +793,36 @@ u_get_undo_file_name(char_u *buf_ffname, int reading)
 	return NULL;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_READLINK
-    /* Expand symlink in the file name, so that we put the undo file with the
-     * actual file instead of with the symlink. */
+    // Expand symlink in the file name, so that we put the undo file with the
+    // actual file instead of with the symlink.
     if (resolve_symlink(ffname, fname_buf) == OK)
 	ffname = fname_buf;
 #endif
 
-    /* Loop over 'undodir'.  When reading find the first file that exists.
-     * When not reading use the first directory that exists or ".". */
+    // Loop over 'undodir'.  When reading find the first file that exists.
+    // When not reading use the first directory that exists or ".".
     dirp = p_udir;
     while (*dirp != NUL)
     {
 	dir_len = copy_option_part(&dirp, dir_name, IOSIZE, ",");
 	if (dir_len == 1 && dir_name[0] == '.')
 	{
-	    /* Use same directory as the ffname,
-	     * "dir/name" -> "dir/.name.un~" */
+	    // Use same directory as the ffname,
+	    // "dir/name" -> "dir/.name.un~"
 	    undo_file_name = vim_strnsave(ffname, (int)(STRLEN(ffname) + 5));
 	    if (undo_file_name == NULL)
 		break;
 	    p = gettail(undo_file_name);
 #ifdef VMS
-	    /* VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames
-	     * use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" - add _un_
-	     * at the beginning to keep the extension */
+	    // VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames
+	    // use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" - add _un_
+	    // at the beginning to keep the extension
 	    mch_memmove(p + 4,  p, STRLEN(p) + 1);
 	    mch_memmove(p, "_un_", 4);
 
 #else
-	    /* Use same directory as the ffname,
-	     * "dir/name" -> "dir/.name.un~" */
+	    // Use same directory as the ffname,
+	    // "dir/name" -> "dir/.name.un~"
 	    mch_memmove(p + 1, p, STRLEN(p) + 1);
 	    *p = '.';
 	    STRCAT(p, ".un~");
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ u_get_undo_file_name(char_u *buf_ffname, int reading)
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* When reading check if the file exists. */
+	// When reading check if the file exists.
 	if (undo_file_name != NULL && (!reading
 			       || mch_stat((char *)undo_file_name, &st) >= 0))
 	    break;
@@ -946,9 +946,9 @@ fwrite_crypt(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *ptr, size_t len)
 
     if (bi->bi_state != NULL && bi->bi_buffer == NULL)
     {
-	/* crypting every piece of text separately */
+	// crypting every piece of text separately
 	if (len < 100)
-	    copy = small_buf;  /* no malloc()/free() for short strings */
+	    copy = small_buf;  // no malloc()/free() for short strings
 	else
 	{
 	    copy = lalloc(len, FALSE);
@@ -1106,8 +1106,8 @@ undo_read(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *buffer, size_t size)
 	retval = FAIL;
 
     if (retval == FAIL)
-	/* Error may be checked for only later.  Fill with zeros,
-	 * so that the reader won't use garbage. */
+	// Error may be checked for only later.  Fill with zeros,
+	// so that the reader won't use garbage.
 	vim_memset(buffer, 0, size);
     return retval;
 }
@@ -1153,12 +1153,12 @@ serialize_header(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *hash)
     FILE	*fp = bi->bi_fp;
     char_u	time_buf[8];
 
-    /* Start writing, first the magic marker and undo info version. */
+    // Start writing, first the magic marker and undo info version.
     if (fwrite(UF_START_MAGIC, (size_t)UF_START_MAGIC_LEN, (size_t)1, fp) != 1)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* If the buffer is encrypted then all text bytes following will be
-     * encrypted.  Numbers and other info is not crypted. */
+    // If the buffer is encrypted then all text bytes following will be
+    // encrypted.  Numbers and other info is not crypted.
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
     if (*buf->b_p_key != NUL)
     {
@@ -1196,12 +1196,12 @@ serialize_header(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *hash)
 	undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)UF_VERSION, 2);
 
 
-    /* Write a hash of the buffer text, so that we can verify it is still the
-     * same when reading the buffer text. */
+    // Write a hash of the buffer text, so that we can verify it is still the
+    // same when reading the buffer text.
     if (undo_write(bi, hash, (size_t)UNDO_HASH_SIZE) == FAIL)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* buffer-specific data */
+    // buffer-specific data
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)buf->b_ml.ml_line_count, 4);
     len = buf->b_u_line_ptr.ul_line == NULL
 				? 0L : (long)STRLEN(buf->b_u_line_ptr.ul_line);
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ serialize_header(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *hash)
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)buf->b_u_line_lnum, 4);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)buf->b_u_line_colnr, 4);
 
-    /* Undo structures header data */
+    // Undo structures header data
     put_header_ptr(bi, buf->b_u_oldhead);
     put_header_ptr(bi, buf->b_u_newhead);
     put_header_ptr(bi, buf->b_u_curhead);
@@ -1223,12 +1223,12 @@ serialize_header(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *hash)
     time_to_bytes(buf->b_u_time_cur, time_buf);
     undo_write(bi, time_buf, 8);
 
-    /* Optional fields. */
+    // Optional fields.
     undo_write_bytes(bi, 4, 1);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, UF_LAST_SAVE_NR, 1);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)buf->b_u_save_nr_last, 4);
 
-    undo_write_bytes(bi, 0, 1);  /* end marker */
+    undo_write_bytes(bi, 0, 1);  // end marker
 
     return OK;
 }
@@ -1251,21 +1251,21 @@ serialize_uhp(bufinfo_T *bi, u_header_T *uhp)
     serialize_pos(bi, uhp->uh_cursor);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)uhp->uh_cursor_vcol, 4);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)uhp->uh_flags, 2);
-    /* Assume NMARKS will stay the same. */
+    // Assume NMARKS will stay the same.
     for (i = 0; i < NMARKS; ++i)
 	serialize_pos(bi, uhp->uh_namedm[i]);
     serialize_visualinfo(bi, &uhp->uh_visual);
     time_to_bytes(uhp->uh_time, time_buf);
     undo_write(bi, time_buf, 8);
 
-    /* Optional fields. */
+    // Optional fields.
     undo_write_bytes(bi, 4, 1);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, UHP_SAVE_NR, 1);
     undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)uhp->uh_save_nr, 4);
 
-    undo_write_bytes(bi, 0, 1);  /* end marker */
+    undo_write_bytes(bi, 0, 1);  // end marker
 
-    /* Write all the entries. */
+    // Write all the entries.
     for (uep = uhp->uh_entry; uep != NULL; uep = uep->ue_next)
     {
 	undo_write_bytes(bi, (long_u)UF_ENTRY_MAGIC, 2);
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ unserialize_uhp(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *file_name)
     unserialize_visualinfo(bi, &uhp->uh_visual);
     uhp->uh_time = undo_read_time(bi);
 
-    /* Optional fields. */
+    // Optional fields.
     for (;;)
     {
 	int len = undo_read_byte(bi);
@@ -1332,13 +1332,13 @@ unserialize_uhp(bufinfo_T *bi, char_u *file_name)
 		uhp->uh_save_nr = undo_read_4c(bi);
 		break;
 	    default:
-		/* field not supported, skip */
+		// field not supported, skip
 		while (--len >= 0)
 		    (void)undo_read_byte(bi);
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Unserialize the uep list. */
+    // Unserialize the uep list.
     last_uep = NULL;
     while ((c = undo_read_2c(bi)) == UF_ENTRY_MAGIC)
     {
@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ u_write_undo(
 #endif
     }
 
-    /* strip any s-bit and executable bit */
+    // strip any s-bit and executable bit
     perm = perm & 0666;
 
-    /* If the undo file already exists, verify that it actually is an undo
-     * file, and delete it. */
+    // If the undo file already exists, verify that it actually is an undo
+    // file, and delete it.
     if (mch_getperm(file_name) >= 0)
     {
 	if (name == NULL || !forceit)
 	{
-	    /* Check we can read it and it's an undo file. */
+	    // Check we can read it and it's an undo file.
 	    fd = mch_open((char *)file_name, O_RDONLY|O_EXTRA, 0);
 	    if (fd < 0)
 	    {
@@ -1625,8 +1625,8 @@ u_write_undo(
 	mch_remove(file_name);
     }
 
-    /* If there is no undo information at all, quit here after deleting any
-     * existing undo file. */
+    // If there is no undo information at all, quit here after deleting any
+    // existing undo file.
     if (buf->b_u_numhead == 0 && buf->b_u_line_ptr.ul_line == NULL)
     {
 	if (p_verbose > 0)
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ u_write_undo(
     }
 
 #ifdef U_DEBUG
-    /* Check there is no problem in undo info before writing. */
+    // Check there is no problem in undo info before writing.
     u_check(FALSE);
 #endif
 
@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ u_write_undo(
     if (st_old_valid
 	    && mch_stat((char *)file_name, &st_new) >= 0
 	    && st_new.st_gid != st_old.st_gid
-# ifdef HAVE_FCHOWN  /* sequent-ptx lacks fchown() */
+# ifdef HAVE_FCHOWN  // sequent-ptx lacks fchown()
 	    && fchown(fd, (uid_t)-1, st_old.st_gid) != 0
 # endif
        )
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ u_write_undo(
 	goto theend;
     }
 
-    /* Undo must be synced. */
+    // Undo must be synced.
     u_sync(TRUE);
 
     /*
@@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ u_write_undo(
     uhp = buf->b_u_oldhead;
     while (uhp != NULL)
     {
-	/* Serialize current UHP if we haven't seen it */
+	// Serialize current UHP if we haven't seen it
 	if (uhp->uh_walk != mark)
 	{
 	    uhp->uh_walk = mark;
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ u_write_undo(
 		goto write_error;
 	}
 
-	/* Now walk through the tree - algorithm from undo_time(). */
+	// Now walk through the tree - algorithm from undo_time().
 	if (uhp->uh_prev.ptr != NULL && uhp->uh_prev.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 	    uhp = uhp->uh_prev.ptr;
 	else if (uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL
@@ -1748,8 +1748,8 @@ write_error:
 	semsg(_("E829: write error in undo file: %s"), file_name);
 
 #if defined(MSWIN)
-    /* Copy file attributes; for systems where this can only be done after
-     * closing the file. */
+    // Copy file attributes; for systems where this can only be done after
+    // closing the file.
     if (buf->b_ffname != NULL)
 	(void)mch_copy_file_attribute(buf->b_ffname, file_name);
 #endif
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ write_error:
     {
 	vim_acl_T	    acl;
 
-	/* For systems that support ACL: get the ACL from the original file. */
+	// For systems that support ACL: get the ACL from the original file.
 	acl = mch_get_acl(buf->b_ffname);
 	mch_set_acl(file_name, acl);
 	mch_free_acl(acl);
@@ -1825,8 +1825,8 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 	    return;
 
 #ifdef UNIX
-	/* For safety we only read an undo file if the owner is equal to the
-	 * owner of the text file or equal to the current user. */
+	// For safety we only read an undo file if the owner is equal to the
+	// owner of the text file or equal to the current user.
 	if (mch_stat((char *)orig_name, &st_orig) >= 0
 		&& mch_stat((char *)file_name, &st_undo) >= 0
 		&& st_orig.st_uid != st_undo.st_uid
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 	goto error;
     }
 
-    /* Read undo data for "U" command. */
+    // Read undo data for "U" command.
     str_len = undo_read_4c(&bi);
     if (str_len < 0)
 	goto error;
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 	goto error;
     }
 
-    /* Begin general undo data */
+    // Begin general undo data
     old_header_seq = undo_read_4c(&bi);
     new_header_seq = undo_read_4c(&bi);
     cur_header_seq = undo_read_4c(&bi);
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
     seq_cur = undo_read_4c(&bi);
     seq_time = undo_read_time(&bi);
 
-    /* Optional header fields. */
+    // Optional header fields.
     for (;;)
     {
 	int len = undo_read_byte(&bi);
@@ -1973,16 +1973,16 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 		last_save_nr = undo_read_4c(&bi);
 		break;
 	    default:
-		/* field not supported, skip */
+		// field not supported, skip
 		while (--len >= 0)
 		    (void)undo_read_byte(&bi);
 	}
     }
 
-    /* uhp_table will store the freshly created undo headers we allocate
-     * until we insert them into curbuf. The table remains sorted by the
-     * sequence numbers of the headers.
-     * When there are no headers uhp_table is NULL. */
+    // uhp_table will store the freshly created undo headers we allocate
+    // until we insert them into curbuf. The table remains sorted by the
+    // sequence numbers of the headers.
+    // When there are no headers uhp_table is NULL.
     if (num_head > 0)
     {
 	if (num_head < LONG_MAX / (long)sizeof(u_header_T *))
@@ -2023,9 +2023,9 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 # define SET_FLAG(j)
 #endif
 
-    /* We have put all of the headers into a table. Now we iterate through the
-     * table and swizzle each sequence number we have stored in uh_*_seq into
-     * a pointer corresponding to the header with that sequence number. */
+    // We have put all of the headers into a table. Now we iterate through the
+    // table and swizzle each sequence number we have stored in uh_*_seq into
+    // a pointer corresponding to the header with that sequence number.
     for (i = 0; i < num_head; i++)
     {
 	uhp = uhp_table[i];
@@ -2087,8 +2087,8 @@ u_read_undo(char_u *name, char_u *hash, char_u *orig_name UNUSED)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Now that we have read the undo info successfully, free the current undo
-     * info and use the info from the file. */
+    // Now that we have read the undo info successfully, free the current undo
+    // info and use the info from the file.
     u_blockfree(curbuf);
     curbuf->b_u_oldhead = old_idx < 0 ? NULL : uhp_table[old_idx];
     curbuf->b_u_newhead = new_idx < 0 ? NULL : uhp_table[new_idx];
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ theend:
     return;
 }
 
-#endif /* FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO */
+#endif // FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO
 
 
 /*
@@ -2198,23 +2198,23 @@ u_doit(int startcount)
 	u_oldcount = -1;
     while (count--)
     {
-	/* Do the change warning now, so that it triggers FileChangedRO when
-	 * needed.  This may cause the file to be reloaded, that must happen
-	 * before we do anything, because it may change curbuf->b_u_curhead
-	 * and more. */
+	// Do the change warning now, so that it triggers FileChangedRO when
+	// needed.  This may cause the file to be reloaded, that must happen
+	// before we do anything, because it may change curbuf->b_u_curhead
+	// and more.
 	change_warning(0);
 
 	if (undo_undoes)
 	{
-	    if (curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL)		/* first undo */
+	    if (curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL)		// first undo
 		curbuf->b_u_curhead = curbuf->b_u_newhead;
-	    else if (get_undolevel() > 0)		/* multi level undo */
-		/* get next undo */
+	    else if (get_undolevel() > 0)		// multi level undo
+		// get next undo
 		curbuf->b_u_curhead = curbuf->b_u_curhead->uh_next.ptr;
-	    /* nothing to undo */
+	    // nothing to undo
 	    if (curbuf->b_u_numhead == 0 || curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL)
 	    {
-		/* stick curbuf->b_u_curhead at end */
+		// stick curbuf->b_u_curhead at end
 		curbuf->b_u_curhead = curbuf->b_u_oldhead;
 		beep_flush();
 		if (count == startcount - 1)
@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ u_doit(int startcount)
 	{
 	    if (curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL || get_undolevel() <= 0)
 	    {
-		beep_flush();	/* nothing to redo */
+		beep_flush();	// nothing to redo
 		if (count == startcount - 1)
 		{
 		    msg(_("Already at newest change"));
@@ -2242,8 +2242,8 @@ u_doit(int startcount)
 
 	    u_undoredo(FALSE);
 
-	    /* Advance for next redo.  Set "newhead" when at the end of the
-	     * redoable changes. */
+	    // Advance for next redo.  Set "newhead" when at the end of the
+	    // redoable changes.
 	    if (curbuf->b_u_curhead->uh_prev.ptr == NULL)
 		curbuf->b_u_newhead = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
 	    curbuf->b_u_curhead = curbuf->b_u_curhead->uh_prev.ptr;
@@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ undo_time(
     int		    above = FALSE;
     int		    did_undo = TRUE;
 
-    /* First make sure the current undoable change is synced. */
+    // First make sure the current undoable change is synced.
     if (curbuf->b_u_synced == FALSE)
 	u_sync(TRUE);
 
@@ -2292,8 +2292,8 @@ undo_time(
     if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
 	u_oldcount = -1;
 
-    /* "target" is the node below which we want to be.
-     * Init "closest" to a value we can't reach. */
+    // "target" is the node below which we want to be.
+    // Init "closest" to a value we can't reach.
     if (absolute)
     {
 	target = step;
@@ -2307,34 +2307,34 @@ undo_time(
 	{
 	    if (step < 0)
 	    {
-		/* Going back to a previous write. If there were changes after
-		 * the last write, count that as moving one file-write, so
-		 * that ":earlier 1f" undoes all changes since the last save. */
+		// Going back to a previous write. If there were changes after
+		// the last write, count that as moving one file-write, so
+		// that ":earlier 1f" undoes all changes since the last save.
 		uhp = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
 		if (uhp != NULL)
 		    uhp = uhp->uh_next.ptr;
 		else
 		    uhp = curbuf->b_u_newhead;
 		if (uhp != NULL && uhp->uh_save_nr != 0)
-		    /* "uh_save_nr" was set in the last block, that means
-		     * there were no changes since the last write */
+		    // "uh_save_nr" was set in the last block, that means
+		    // there were no changes since the last write
 		    target = curbuf->b_u_save_nr_cur + step;
 		else
-		    /* count the changes since the last write as one step */
+		    // count the changes since the last write as one step
 		    target = curbuf->b_u_save_nr_cur + step + 1;
 		if (target <= 0)
-		    /* Go to before first write: before the oldest change. Use
-		     * the sequence number for that. */
+		    // Go to before first write: before the oldest change. Use
+		    // the sequence number for that.
 		    dofile = FALSE;
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Moving forward to a newer write. */
+		// Moving forward to a newer write.
 		target = curbuf->b_u_save_nr_cur + step;
 		if (target > curbuf->b_u_save_nr_last)
 		{
-		    /* Go to after last write: after the latest change. Use
-		     * the sequence number for that. */
+		    // Go to after last write: after the latest change. Use
+		    // the sequence number for that.
 		    target = curbuf->b_u_seq_last + 1;
 		    dofile = FALSE;
 		}
@@ -2363,10 +2363,10 @@ undo_time(
     closest_start = closest;
     closest_seq = curbuf->b_u_seq_cur;
 
-    /* When "target" is 0; Back to origin. */
+    // When "target" is 0; Back to origin.
     if (target == 0)
     {
-	mark = lastmark;  /* avoid that GCC complains */
+	mark = lastmark;  // avoid that GCC complains
 	goto target_zero;
     }
 
@@ -2380,14 +2380,14 @@ undo_time(
      */
     for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
     {
-	/* Find the path from the current state to where we want to go.  The
-	 * desired state can be anywhere in the undo tree, need to go all over
-	 * it.  We put "nomark" in uh_walk where we have been without success,
-	 * "mark" where it could possibly be. */
+	// Find the path from the current state to where we want to go.  The
+	// desired state can be anywhere in the undo tree, need to go all over
+	// it.  We put "nomark" in uh_walk where we have been without success,
+	// "mark" where it could possibly be.
 	mark = ++lastmark;
 	nomark = ++lastmark;
 
-	if (curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL)	/* at leaf of the tree */
+	if (curbuf->b_u_curhead == NULL)	// at leaf of the tree
 	    uhp = curbuf->b_u_newhead;
 	else
 	    uhp = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
@@ -2404,10 +2404,10 @@ undo_time(
 
 	    if (round == 1 && !(dofile && val == 0))
 	    {
-		/* Remember the header that is closest to the target.
-		 * It must be at least in the right direction (checked with
-		 * "b_u_seq_cur").  When the timestamp is equal find the
-		 * highest/lowest sequence number. */
+		// Remember the header that is closest to the target.
+		// It must be at least in the right direction (checked with
+		// "b_u_seq_cur").  When the timestamp is equal find the
+		// highest/lowest sequence number.
 		if ((step < 0 ? uhp->uh_seq <= curbuf->b_u_seq_cur
 			      : uhp->uh_seq > curbuf->b_u_seq_cur)
 			&& ((dosec && val == closest)
@@ -2428,32 +2428,32 @@ undo_time(
 		}
 	    }
 
-	    /* Quit searching when we found a match.  But when searching for a
-	     * time we need to continue looking for the best uh_seq. */
+	    // Quit searching when we found a match.  But when searching for a
+	    // time we need to continue looking for the best uh_seq.
 	    if (target == val && !dosec)
 	    {
 		target = uhp->uh_seq;
 		break;
 	    }
 
-	    /* go down in the tree if we haven't been there */
+	    // go down in the tree if we haven't been there
 	    if (uhp->uh_prev.ptr != NULL && uhp->uh_prev.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 					 && uhp->uh_prev.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 		uhp = uhp->uh_prev.ptr;
 
-	    /* go to alternate branch if we haven't been there */
+	    // go to alternate branch if we haven't been there
 	    else if (uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL
 		    && uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 		    && uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 		uhp = uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr;
 
-	    /* go up in the tree if we haven't been there and we are at the
-	     * start of alternate branches */
+	    // go up in the tree if we haven't been there and we are at the
+	    // start of alternate branches
 	    else if (uhp->uh_next.ptr != NULL && uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr == NULL
 		    && uhp->uh_next.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 		    && uhp->uh_next.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 	    {
-		/* If still at the start we don't go through this change. */
+		// If still at the start we don't go through this change.
 		if (uhp == curbuf->b_u_curhead)
 		    uhp->uh_walk = nomark;
 		uhp = uhp->uh_next.ptr;
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ undo_time(
 
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* need to backtrack; mark this node as useless */
+		// need to backtrack; mark this node as useless
 		uhp->uh_walk = nomark;
 		if (uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr != NULL)
 		    uhp = uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr;
@@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@ undo_time(
 	    }
 	}
 
-	if (uhp != NULL)    /* found it */
+	if (uhp != NULL)    // found it
 	    break;
 
 	if (absolute)
@@ -2492,11 +2492,11 @@ undo_time(
 	dosec = FALSE;
 	dofile = FALSE;
 	if (step < 0)
-	    above = TRUE;	/* stop above the header */
+	    above = TRUE;	// stop above the header
     }
 
 target_zero:
-    /* If we found it: Follow the path to go to where we want to be. */
+    // If we found it: Follow the path to go to where we want to be.
     if (uhp != NULL || target == 0)
     {
 	/*
@@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ target_zero:
 	 */
 	while (!got_int)
 	{
-	    /* Do the change warning now, for the same reason as above. */
+	    // Do the change warning now, for the same reason as above.
 	    change_warning(0);
 
 	    uhp = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
@@ -2518,10 +2518,10 @@ target_zero:
 	    curbuf->b_u_curhead = uhp;
 	    u_undoredo(TRUE);
 	    if (target > 0)
-		uhp->uh_walk = nomark;	/* don't go back down here */
+		uhp->uh_walk = nomark;	// don't go back down here
 	}
 
-	/* When back to origin, redo is not needed. */
+	// When back to origin, redo is not needed.
 	if (target > 0)
 	{
 	    /*
@@ -2529,27 +2529,27 @@ target_zero:
 	     */
 	    while (!got_int)
 	    {
-		/* Do the change warning now, for the same reason as above. */
+		// Do the change warning now, for the same reason as above.
 		change_warning(0);
 
 		uhp = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
 		if (uhp == NULL)
 		    break;
 
-		/* Go back to the first branch with a mark. */
+		// Go back to the first branch with a mark.
 		while (uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr != NULL
 				     && uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr->uh_walk == mark)
 		    uhp = uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr;
 
-		/* Find the last branch with a mark, that's the one. */
+		// Find the last branch with a mark, that's the one.
 		last = uhp;
 		while (last->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL
 				    && last->uh_alt_next.ptr->uh_walk == mark)
 		    last = last->uh_alt_next.ptr;
 		if (last != uhp)
 		{
-		    /* Make the used branch the first entry in the list of
-		     * alternatives to make "u" and CTRL-R take this branch. */
+		    // Make the used branch the first entry in the list of
+		    // alternatives to make "u" and CTRL-R take this branch.
 		    while (uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr != NULL)
 			uhp = uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr;
 		    if (last->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL)
@@ -2570,10 +2570,10 @@ target_zero:
 		curbuf->b_u_curhead = uhp;
 
 		if (uhp->uh_walk != mark)
-		    break;	    /* must have reached the target */
+		    break;	    // must have reached the target
 
-		/* Stop when going backwards in time and didn't find the exact
-		 * header we were looking for. */
+		// Stop when going backwards in time and didn't find the exact
+		// header we were looking for.
 		if (uhp->uh_seq == target && above)
 		{
 		    curbuf->b_u_seq_cur = target - 1;
@@ -2582,20 +2582,20 @@ target_zero:
 
 		u_undoredo(FALSE);
 
-		/* Advance "curhead" to below the header we last used.  If it
-		 * becomes NULL then we need to set "newhead" to this leaf. */
+		// Advance "curhead" to below the header we last used.  If it
+		// becomes NULL then we need to set "newhead" to this leaf.
 		if (uhp->uh_prev.ptr == NULL)
 		    curbuf->b_u_newhead = uhp;
 		curbuf->b_u_curhead = uhp->uh_prev.ptr;
 		did_undo = FALSE;
 
-		if (uhp->uh_seq == target)	/* found it! */
+		if (uhp->uh_seq == target)	// found it!
 		    break;
 
 		uhp = uhp->uh_prev.ptr;
 		if (uhp == NULL || uhp->uh_walk != mark)
 		{
-		    /* Need to redo more but can't find it... */
+		    // Need to redo more but can't find it...
 		    internal_error("undo_time()");
 		    break;
 		}
@@ -2631,11 +2631,11 @@ u_undoredo(int undo)
     int		new_flags;
     pos_T	namedm[NMARKS];
     visualinfo_T visualinfo;
-    int		empty_buffer;		    /* buffer became empty */
+    int		empty_buffer;		    // buffer became empty
     u_header_T	*curhead = curbuf->b_u_curhead;
 
-    /* Don't want autocommands using the undo structures here, they are
-     * invalid till the end. */
+    // Don't want autocommands using the undo structures here, they are
+    // invalid till the end.
     block_autocmds();
 
 #ifdef U_DEBUG
@@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ u_undoredo(int undo)
 	changed();
     else
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
-	/* per netbeans undo rules, keep it as modified */
+	// per netbeans undo rules, keep it as modified
 	if (!isNetbeansModified(curbuf))
 #endif
 	unchanged(curbuf, FALSE, TRUE);
@@ -2867,30 +2867,30 @@ u_undoredo(int undo)
     }
     else
     {
-	/* We get here with the current cursor line being past the end (eg
-	 * after adding lines at the end of the file, and then undoing it).
-	 * check_cursor() will move the cursor to the last line.  Move it to
-	 * the first column here. */
+	// We get here with the current cursor line being past the end (eg
+	// after adding lines at the end of the file, and then undoing it).
+	// check_cursor() will move the cursor to the last line.  Move it to
+	// the first column here.
 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
     }
 
-    /* Make sure the cursor is on an existing line and column. */
+    // Make sure the cursor is on an existing line and column.
     check_cursor();
 
-    /* Remember where we are for "g-" and ":earlier 10s". */
+    // Remember where we are for "g-" and ":earlier 10s".
     curbuf->b_u_seq_cur = curhead->uh_seq;
     if (undo)
     {
-	/* We are below the previous undo.  However, to make ":earlier 1s"
-	 * work we compute this as being just above the just undone change. */
+	// We are below the previous undo.  However, to make ":earlier 1s"
+	// work we compute this as being just above the just undone change.
 	if (curhead->uh_next.ptr != NULL)
 	    curbuf->b_u_seq_cur = curhead->uh_next.ptr->uh_seq;
 	else
 	    curbuf->b_u_seq_cur = 0;
     }
 
-    /* Remember where we are for ":earlier 1f" and ":later 1f". */
+    // Remember where we are for ":earlier 1f" and ":later 1f".
     if (curhead->uh_save_nr != 0)
     {
 	if (undo)
@@ -2899,8 +2899,8 @@ u_undoredo(int undo)
 	    curbuf->b_u_save_nr_cur = curhead->uh_save_nr;
     }
 
-    /* The timestamp can be the same for multiple changes, just use the one of
-     * the undone/redone change. */
+    // The timestamp can be the same for multiple changes, just use the one of
+    // the undone/redone change.
     curbuf->b_u_time_cur = curhead->uh_time;
 
     unblock_autocmds();
@@ -2916,8 +2916,8 @@ u_undoredo(int undo)
  */
     static void
 u_undo_end(
-    int		did_undo,	/* just did an undo */
-    int		absolute)	/* used ":undo N" */
+    int		did_undo,	// just did an undo
+    int		absolute)	// used ":undo N"
 {
     char	*msgstr;
     u_header_T	*uhp;
@@ -2928,8 +2928,8 @@ u_undo_end(
 	foldOpenCursor();
 #endif
 
-    if (global_busy	    /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
-	    || !messaging())  /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
+    if (global_busy	    // no messages now, wait until global is finished
+	    || !messaging())  // 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now
 	return;
 
     if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
@@ -2955,7 +2955,7 @@ u_undo_end(
 
     if (curbuf->b_u_curhead != NULL)
     {
-	/* For ":undo N" we prefer a "after #N" message. */
+	// For ":undo N" we prefer a "after #N" message.
 	if (absolute && curbuf->b_u_curhead->uh_next.ptr != NULL)
 	{
 	    uhp = curbuf->b_u_curhead->uh_next.ptr;
@@ -2999,20 +2999,20 @@ u_undo_end(
  */
     void
 u_sync(
-    int	    force)	/* Also sync when no_u_sync is set. */
+    int	    force)	// Also sync when no_u_sync is set.
 {
-    /* Skip it when already synced or syncing is disabled. */
+    // Skip it when already synced or syncing is disabled.
     if (curbuf->b_u_synced || (!force && no_u_sync > 0))
 	return;
 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
     if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT && im_is_preediting())
-	return;		    /* XIM is busy, don't break an undo sequence */
+	return;		    // XIM is busy, don't break an undo sequence
 #endif
     if (get_undolevel() < 0)
-	curbuf->b_u_synced = TRUE;  /* no entries, nothing to do */
+	curbuf->b_u_synced = TRUE;  // no entries, nothing to do
     else
     {
-	u_getbot();		    /* compute ue_bot of previous u_save */
+	u_getbot();		    // compute ue_bot of previous u_save
 	curbuf->b_u_curhead = NULL;
     }
 }
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ ex_undolist(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 
 	uhp->uh_walk = mark;
 
-	/* go down in the tree if we haven't been there */
+	// go down in the tree if we haven't been there
 	if (uhp->uh_prev.ptr != NULL && uhp->uh_prev.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 					 && uhp->uh_prev.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 	{
@@ -3071,14 +3071,14 @@ ex_undolist(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 	    ++changes;
 	}
 
-	/* go to alternate branch if we haven't been there */
+	// go to alternate branch if we haven't been there
 	else if (uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL
 		&& uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 		&& uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
 	    uhp = uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr;
 
-	/* go up in the tree if we haven't been there and we are at the
-	 * start of alternate branches */
+	// go up in the tree if we haven't been there and we are at the
+	// start of alternate branches
 	else if (uhp->uh_next.ptr != NULL && uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr == NULL
 		&& uhp->uh_next.ptr->uh_walk != nomark
 		&& uhp->uh_next.ptr->uh_walk != mark)
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ ex_undolist(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 
 	else
 	{
-	    /* need to backtrack; mark this node as done */
+	    // need to backtrack; mark this node as done
 	    uhp->uh_walk = nomark;
 	    if (uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr != NULL)
 		uhp = uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr;
@@ -3130,18 +3130,18 @@ ex_undolist(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 ex_undojoin(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 {
     if (curbuf->b_u_newhead == NULL)
-	return;		    /* nothing changed before */
+	return;		    // nothing changed before
     if (curbuf->b_u_curhead != NULL)
     {
 	emsg(_("E790: undojoin is not allowed after undo"));
 	return;
     }
     if (!curbuf->b_u_synced)
-	return;		    /* already unsynced */
+	return;		    // already unsynced
     if (get_undolevel() < 0)
-	return;		    /* no entries, nothing to do */
+	return;		    // no entries, nothing to do
     else
-	/* Append next change to the last entry */
+	// Append next change to the last entry
 	curbuf->b_u_synced = FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -3168,9 +3168,9 @@ u_find_first_changed(void)
     linenr_T	lnum;
 
     if (curbuf->b_u_curhead != NULL || uhp == NULL)
-	return;  /* undid something in an autocmd? */
+	return;  // undid something in an autocmd?
 
-    /* Check that the last undo block was for the whole file. */
+    // Check that the last undo block was for the whole file.
     uep = uhp->uh_entry;
     if (uep->ue_top != 0 || uep->ue_bot != 0)
 	return;
@@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ u_find_first_changed(void)
     }
     if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count != uep->ue_size)
     {
-	/* lines added or deleted at the end, put the cursor there */
+	// lines added or deleted at the end, put the cursor there
 	CLEAR_POS(&(uhp->uh_cursor));
 	uhp->uh_cursor.lnum = lnum;
     }
@@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ u_unch_branch(u_header_T *uhp)
     {
 	uh->uh_flags |= UH_CHANGED;
 	if (uh->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL)
-	    u_unch_branch(uh->uh_alt_next.ptr);	    /* recursive */
+	    u_unch_branch(uh->uh_alt_next.ptr);	    // recursive
     }
 }
 
@@ -3254,7 +3254,7 @@ u_getbot(void)
     u_entry_T	*uep;
     linenr_T	extra;
 
-    uep = u_get_headentry();	/* check for corrupt undo list */
+    uep = u_get_headentry();	// check for corrupt undo list
     if (uep == NULL)
 	return;
 
@@ -3271,10 +3271,10 @@ u_getbot(void)
 	if (uep->ue_bot < 1 || uep->ue_bot > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
 	{
 	    iemsg(_("E440: undo line missing"));
-	    uep->ue_bot = uep->ue_top + 1;  /* assume all lines deleted, will
-					     * get all the old lines back
-					     * without deleting the current
-					     * ones */
+	    uep->ue_bot = uep->ue_top + 1;  // assume all lines deleted, will
+					    // get all the old lines back
+					    // without deleting the current
+					    // ones
 	}
 
 	curbuf->b_u_newhead->uh_getbot_entry = NULL;
@@ -3290,19 +3290,19 @@ u_getbot(void)
 u_freeheader(
     buf_T	    *buf,
     u_header_T	    *uhp,
-    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	/* if not NULL reset when freeing this header */
+    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	// if not NULL reset when freeing this header
 {
     u_header_T	    *uhap;
 
-    /* When there is an alternate redo list free that branch completely,
-     * because we can never go there. */
+    // When there is an alternate redo list free that branch completely,
+    // because we can never go there.
     if (uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL)
 	u_freebranch(buf, uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr, uhpp);
 
     if (uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr != NULL)
 	uhp->uh_alt_prev.ptr->uh_alt_next.ptr = NULL;
 
-    /* Update the links in the list to remove the header. */
+    // Update the links in the list to remove the header.
     if (uhp->uh_next.ptr == NULL)
 	buf->b_u_oldhead = uhp->uh_prev.ptr;
     else
@@ -3325,12 +3325,12 @@ u_freeheader(
 u_freebranch(
     buf_T	    *buf,
     u_header_T	    *uhp,
-    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	/* if not NULL reset when freeing this header */
+    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	// if not NULL reset when freeing this header
 {
     u_header_T	    *tofree, *next;
 
-    /* If this is the top branch we may need to use u_freeheader() to update
-     * all the pointers. */
+    // If this is the top branch we may need to use u_freeheader() to update
+    // all the pointers.
     if (uhp == buf->b_u_oldhead)
     {
 	while (buf->b_u_oldhead != NULL)
@@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ u_freebranch(
     {
 	tofree = next;
 	if (tofree->uh_alt_next.ptr != NULL)
-	    u_freebranch(buf, tofree->uh_alt_next.ptr, uhpp);   /* recursive */
+	    u_freebranch(buf, tofree->uh_alt_next.ptr, uhpp);   // recursive
 	next = tofree->uh_prev.ptr;
 	u_freeentries(buf, tofree, uhpp);
     }
@@ -3360,15 +3360,15 @@ u_freebranch(
 u_freeentries(
     buf_T	    *buf,
     u_header_T	    *uhp,
-    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	/* if not NULL reset when freeing this header */
+    u_header_T	    **uhpp)	// if not NULL reset when freeing this header
 {
     u_entry_T	    *uep, *nuep;
 
-    /* Check for pointers to the header that become invalid now. */
+    // Check for pointers to the header that become invalid now.
     if (buf->b_u_curhead == uhp)
 	buf->b_u_curhead = NULL;
     if (buf->b_u_newhead == uhp)
-	buf->b_u_newhead = NULL;  /* freeing the newest entry */
+	buf->b_u_newhead = NULL;  // freeing the newest entry
     if (uhpp != NULL && uhp == *uhpp)
 	*uhpp = NULL;
 
@@ -3420,9 +3420,9 @@ u_clearall(buf_T *buf)
     static void
 u_saveline(linenr_T lnum)
 {
-    if (lnum == curbuf->b_u_line_lnum)	    /* line is already saved */
+    if (lnum == curbuf->b_u_line_lnum)	    // line is already saved
 	return;
-    if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* should never happen */
+    if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) // should never happen
 	return;
     u_clearline();
     curbuf->b_u_line_lnum = lnum;
@@ -3584,7 +3584,7 @@ u_eval_tree(u_header_T *first_uhp, list_T *list)
 
 	    if (alt_list != NULL)
 	    {
-		/* Recursive call to add alternate undo tree. */
+		// Recursive call to add alternate undo tree.
 		u_eval_tree(uhp->uh_alt_next.ptr, alt_list);
 		dict_add_list(dict, "alt", alt_list);
 	    }
@@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ f_undofile(typval_T *argvars UNUSED, typval_T *rettv)
 
 	if (*fname == NUL)
 	{
-	    /* If there is no file name there will be no undo file. */
+	    // If there is no file name there will be no undo file.
 	    rettv->vval.v_string = NULL;
 	}
 	else
diff --git a/src/uninstall.c b/src/uninstall.c
index 94d39572c..b2a20cded 100644
--- a/src/uninstall.c
+++ b/src/uninstall.c
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
  *		- the Vim entry in the Start Menu
  */
 
-/* Include common code for dosinst.c and uninstall.c. */
+// Include common code for dosinst.c and uninstall.c.
 #include "dosinst.h"
 
 /*
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ reg_delete_key(HKEY hRootKey, const char *key, DWORD flag)
 
     if (!did_load)
     {
-	/* The RegDeleteKeyEx() function is only available on new systems.  It
-	 * is required for 64-bit registry access.  For other systems fall
-	 * back to RegDeleteKey(). */
+	// The RegDeleteKeyEx() function is only available on new systems.  It
+	// is required for 64-bit registry access.  For other systems fall
+	// back to RegDeleteKey().
 	did_load = TRUE;
 	advapi_lib = LoadLibrary("ADVAPI32.DLL");
 	if (advapi_lib != NULL)
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ popup_gvim_path(char *buf, DWORD bufsize)
     DWORD	value_type;
     int		r;
 
-    /* Open the key where the path to gvim.exe is stored. */
+    // Open the key where the path to gvim.exe is stored.
     if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Software\\Vim\\Gvim", 0,
 		    KEY_WOW64_64KEY | KEY_READ, &key_handle) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
 	if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Software\\Vim\\Gvim", 0,
 		    KEY_WOW64_32KEY | KEY_READ, &key_handle) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
 	    return 0;
 
-    /* get the DisplayName out of it to show the user */
+    // get the DisplayName out of it to show the user
     r = RegQueryValueEx(key_handle, "path", 0,
 					  &value_type, (LPBYTE)buf, &bufsize);
     RegCloseKey(key_handle);
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ openwith_gvim_path(char *buf, DWORD bufsize)
     DWORD	value_type;
     int		r;
 
-    /* Open the key where the path to gvim.exe is stored. */
+    // Open the key where the path to gvim.exe is stored.
     if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT,
 		"Applications\\gvim.exe\\shell\\edit\\command", 0,
 		    KEY_WOW64_64KEY | KEY_READ, &key_handle) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* get the DisplayName out of it to show the user */
+    // get the DisplayName out of it to show the user
     r = RegQueryValueEx(key_handle, "", 0, &value_type, (LPBYTE)buf, &bufsize);
     RegCloseKey(key_handle);
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ batfile_thisversion(char *path)
 	while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fd) != NULL)
 	{
 	    for (p = line; *p != 0; ++p)
-		/* don't accept "vim60an" when looking for "vim60". */
+		// don't accept "vim60an" when looking for "vim60".
 		if (strnicmp(p, VIM_VERSION_NODOT, ver_len) == 0
 			&& !isdigit(p[ver_len])
 			&& !isalpha(p[ver_len]))
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ remove_start_menu(void)
 	    remove_if_exists(path, targets[i].lnkname);
 	remove_if_exists(path, "uninstall.lnk");
 	remove_if_exists(path, "Help.lnk");
-	/* Win95 uses .pif, WinNT uses .lnk */
+	// Win95 uses .pif, WinNT uses .lnk
 	remove_if_exists(path, "Vim tutor.pif");
 	remove_if_exists(path, "Vim tutor.lnk");
 	remove_if_exists(path, "Vim online.url");
@@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     char	path[MAX_PATH];
     char	popup_path[MAX_PATH];
 
-    /* The nsis uninstaller calls us with a "-nsis" argument. */
+    // The nsis uninstaller calls us with a "-nsis" argument.
     if (argc == 2 && stricmp(argv[1], "-nsis") == 0)
 	interactive = FALSE;
     else
 	interactive = TRUE;
 
-    /* Initialize this program. */
+    // Initialize this program.
     do_inits(argv);
 
     printf("This program will remove the following items:\n");
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (!interactive || confirm())
 	{
 	    remove_popup();
-	    /* Assume the "Open With" entry can be removed as well, don't
-	     * bother the user with asking him again. */
+	    // Assume the "Open With" entry can be removed as well, don't
+	    // bother the user with asking him again.
 	    remove_openwith();
 	}
     }
diff --git a/src/usercmd.c b/src/usercmd.c
index b48f157d6..5db6f48be 100644
--- a/src/usercmd.c
+++ b/src/usercmd.c
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ uc_list(char_u *name, size_t name_len)
     long	a;
     garray_T	*gap;
 
-    /* In cmdwin, the alternative buffer should be used. */
+    // In cmdwin, the alternative buffer should be used.
     gap =
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
 	(cmdwin_type != 0 && get_cmdline_type() == NUL) ?
diff --git a/src/userfunc.c b/src/userfunc.c
index 6fa585457..020098d45 100644
--- a/src/userfunc.c
+++ b/src/userfunc.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
  */
 static hashtab_T	func_hashtab;
 
-/* Used by get_func_tv() */
+// Used by get_func_tv()
 static garray_T funcargs = GA_EMPTY;
 
 // pointer to funccal for currently active function
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ get_function_args(
 		    goto err_ret;
 		}
 
-		/* Check for duplicate argument name. */
+		// Check for duplicate argument name.
 		for (i = 0; i < newargs->ga_len; ++i)
 		    if (STRCMP(((char_u **)(newargs->ga_data))[i], arg) == 0)
 		    {
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ get_function_args(
     }
     if (*p != endchar)
 	goto err_ret;
-    ++p;	/* skip "endchar" */
+    ++p;	// skip "endchar"
 
     *argp = p;
     return OK;
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ err_ret:
 register_closure(ufunc_T *fp)
 {
     if (fp->uf_scoped == current_funccal)
-	/* no change */
+	// no change
 	return OK;
     funccal_unref(fp->uf_scoped, fp, FALSE);
     fp->uf_scoped = current_funccal;
@@ -249,12 +249,12 @@ get_lambda_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate)
     ga_init(&newargs);
     ga_init(&newlines);
 
-    /* First, check if this is a lambda expression. "->" must exist. */
+    // First, check if this is a lambda expression. "->" must exist.
     ret = get_function_args(&start, '-', NULL, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
     if (ret == FAIL || *start != '>')
 	return NOTDONE;
 
-    /* Parse the arguments again. */
+    // Parse the arguments again.
     if (evaluate)
 	pnewargs = &newargs;
     else
@@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ get_lambda_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate)
     if (ret == FAIL || **arg != '>')
 	goto errret;
 
-    /* Set up a flag for checking local variables and arguments. */
+    // Set up a flag for checking local variables and arguments.
     if (evaluate)
 	eval_lavars_used = &eval_lavars;
 
-    /* Get the start and the end of the expression. */
+    // Get the start and the end of the expression.
     *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1);
     s = *arg;
     ret = skip_expr(arg);
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ get_lambda_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate)
 	if (ga_grow(&newlines, 1) == FAIL)
 	    goto errret;
 
-	/* Add "return " before the expression. */
+	// Add "return " before the expression.
 	len = 7 + e - s + 1;
 	p = alloc(len);
 	if (p == NULL)
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ deref_func_name(char_u *name, int *lenp, partial_T **partialp, int no_autoload)
 	if (v->di_tv.vval.v_string == NULL)
 	{
 	    *lenp = 0;
-	    return (char_u *)"";	/* just in case */
+	    return (char_u *)"";	// just in case
 	}
 	s = v->di_tv.vval.v_string;
 	*lenp = (int)STRLEN(s);
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ deref_func_name(char_u *name, int *lenp, partial_T **partialp, int no_autoload)
 	if (pt == NULL)
 	{
 	    *lenp = 0;
-	    return (char_u *)"";	/* just in case */
+	    return (char_u *)"";	// just in case
 	}
 	if (partialp != NULL)
 	    *partialp = pt;
@@ -436,8 +436,8 @@ get_func_tv(
 {
     char_u	*argp;
     int		ret = OK;
-    typval_T	argvars[MAX_FUNC_ARGS + 1];	/* vars for arguments */
-    int		argcount = 0;		/* number of arguments found */
+    typval_T	argvars[MAX_FUNC_ARGS + 1];	// vars for arguments
+    int		argcount = 0;		// number of arguments found
 
     /*
      * Get the arguments.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ get_func_tv(
     while (argcount < MAX_FUNC_ARGS - (funcexe->partial == NULL ? 0
 						  : funcexe->partial->pt_argc))
     {
-	argp = skipwhite(argp + 1);	    /* skip the '(' or ',' */
+	argp = skipwhite(argp + 1);	    // skip the '(' or ','
 	if (*argp == ')' || *argp == ',' || *argp == NUL)
 	    break;
 	if (eval1(&argp, &argvars[argcount], funcexe->evaluate) == FAIL)
@@ -469,8 +469,8 @@ get_func_tv(
 
 	if (get_vim_var_nr(VV_TESTING))
 	{
-	    /* Prepare for calling test_garbagecollect_now(), need to know
-	     * what variables are used on the call stack. */
+	    // Prepare for calling test_garbagecollect_now(), need to know
+	    // what variables are used on the call stack.
 	    if (funcargs.ga_itemsize == 0)
 		ga_init2(&funcargs, (int)sizeof(typval_T *), 50);
 	    for (i = 0; i < argcount; ++i)
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ fname_trans_sid(char_u *name, char_u *fname_buf, char_u **tofree, int *error)
 	fname_buf[1] = KS_EXTRA;
 	fname_buf[2] = (int)KE_SNR;
 	i = 3;
-	if (eval_fname_sid(name))	/* "<SID>" or "s:" */
+	if (eval_fname_sid(name))	// "<SID>" or "s:"
 	{
 	    if (current_sctx.sc_sid <= 0)
 		*error = ERROR_SCRIPT;
@@ -751,13 +751,13 @@ cleanup_function_call(funccall_T *fc)
  */
     static void
 call_user_func(
-    ufunc_T	*fp,		/* pointer to function */
-    int		argcount,	/* nr of args */
-    typval_T	*argvars,	/* arguments */
-    typval_T	*rettv,		/* return value */
-    linenr_T	firstline,	/* first line of range */
-    linenr_T	lastline,	/* last line of range */
-    dict_T	*selfdict)	/* Dictionary for "self" */
+    ufunc_T	*fp,		// pointer to function
+    int		argcount,	// nr of args
+    typval_T	*argvars,	// arguments
+    typval_T	*rettv,		// return value
+    linenr_T	firstline,	// first line of range
+    linenr_T	lastline,	// last line of range
+    dict_T	*selfdict)	// Dictionary for "self"
 {
     char_u	*save_sourcing_name;
     linenr_T	save_sourcing_lnum;
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ call_user_func(
     int		default_arg_err = FALSE;
     static int	depth = 0;
     dictitem_T	*v;
-    int		fixvar_idx = 0;	/* index in fixvar[] */
+    int		fixvar_idx = 0;	// index in fixvar[]
     int		i;
     int		ai;
     int		islambda = FALSE;
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ call_user_func(
     int		started_profiling = FALSE;
 #endif
 
-    /* If depth of calling is getting too high, don't execute the function */
+    // If depth of calling is getting too high, don't execute the function
     if (depth >= p_mfd)
     {
 	emsg(_("E132: Function call depth is higher than 'maxfuncdepth'"));
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ call_user_func(
     }
     ++depth;
 
-    line_breakcheck();		/* check for CTRL-C hit */
+    line_breakcheck();		// check for CTRL-C hit
 
     fc = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(funccall_T);
     if (fc == NULL)
@@ -804,10 +804,10 @@ call_user_func(
     fc->linenr = 0;
     fc->returned = FALSE;
     fc->level = ex_nesting_level;
-    /* Check if this function has a breakpoint. */
+    // Check if this function has a breakpoint.
     fc->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(FALSE, fp->uf_name, (linenr_T)0);
     fc->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
-    /* Set up fields for closure. */
+    // Set up fields for closure.
     fc->fc_refcount = 0;
     fc->fc_copyID = 0;
     ga_init2(&fc->fc_funcs, sizeof(ufunc_T *), 1);
@@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ call_user_func(
     init_var_dict(&fc->l_vars, &fc->l_vars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE);
     if (selfdict != NULL)
     {
-	/* Set l:self to "selfdict".  Use "name" to avoid a warning from
-	 * some compiler that checks the destination size. */
+	// Set l:self to "selfdict".  Use "name" to avoid a warning from
+	// some compiler that checks the destination size.
 	v = &fc->fixvar[fixvar_idx++].var;
 	name = v->di_key;
 	STRCPY(name, "self");
@@ -850,8 +850,8 @@ call_user_func(
 				(varnumber_T)(argcount >= fp->uf_args.ga_len
 				    ? argcount - fp->uf_args.ga_len : 0));
     fc->l_avars.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED;
-    /* Use "name" to avoid a warning from some compiler that checks the
-     * destination size. */
+    // Use "name" to avoid a warning from some compiler that checks the
+    // destination size.
     v = &fc->fixvar[fixvar_idx++].var;
     name = v->di_key;
     STRCPY(name, "000");
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ call_user_func(
 	ai = i - fp->uf_args.ga_len;
 	if (ai < 0)
 	{
-	    /* named argument a:name */
+	    // named argument a:name
 	    name = FUNCARG(fp, i);
 	    if (islambda)
 		addlocal = TRUE;
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ call_user_func(
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* "..." argument a:1, a:2, etc. */
+	    // "..." argument a:1, a:2, etc.
 	    sprintf((char *)numbuf, "%d", ai + 1);
 	    name = numbuf;
 	}
@@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ call_user_func(
 
 	if (addlocal)
 	{
-	    /* Named arguments should be accessed without the "a:" prefix in
-	     * lambda expressions.  Add to the l: dict. */
+	    // Named arguments should be accessed without the "a:" prefix in
+	    // lambda expressions.  Add to the l: dict.
 	    copy_tv(&v->di_tv, &v->di_tv);
 	    hash_add(&fc->l_vars.dv_hashtab, DI2HIKEY(v));
 	}
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ call_user_func(
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Don't redraw while executing the function. */
+    // Don't redraw while executing the function.
     ++RedrawingDisabled;
     save_sourcing_name = sourcing_name;
     save_sourcing_lnum = sourcing_lnum;
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ call_user_func(
 	++sandbox;
     }
 
-    /* need space for function name + ("function " + 3) or "[number]" */
+    // need space for function name + ("function " + 3) or "[number]"
     len = (save_sourcing_name == NULL ? 0 : STRLEN(save_sourcing_name))
 						   + STRLEN(fp->uf_name) + 20;
     sourcing_name = alloc(len);
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ call_user_func(
 			msg_outnum((long)argvars[i].vval.v_number);
 		    else
 		    {
-			/* Do not want errors such as E724 here. */
+			// Do not want errors such as E724 here.
 			++emsg_off;
 			s = tv2string(&argvars[i], &tofree, numbuf2, 0);
 			--emsg_off;
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ call_user_func(
 		}
 		msg_puts(")");
 	    }
-	    msg_puts("\n");   /* don't overwrite this either */
+	    msg_puts("\n");   // don't overwrite this either
 
 	    verbose_leave_scroll();
 	    --no_wait_return;
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ call_user_func(
 
     --RedrawingDisabled;
 
-    /* when the function was aborted because of an error, return -1 */
+    // when the function was aborted because of an error, return -1
     if ((did_emsg && (fp->uf_flags & FC_ABORT)) || rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN)
     {
 	clear_tv(rettv);
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ call_user_func(
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* when being verbose, mention the return value */
+    // when being verbose, mention the return value
     if (p_verbose >= 12)
     {
 	++no_wait_return;
@@ -1101,9 +1101,9 @@ call_user_func(
 	    char_u	*tofree;
 	    char_u	*s;
 
-	    /* The value may be very long.  Skip the middle part, so that we
-	     * have some idea how it starts and ends. smsg() would always
-	     * truncate it at the end. Don't want errors such as E724 here. */
+	    // The value may be very long.  Skip the middle part, so that we
+	    // have some idea how it starts and ends. smsg() would always
+	    // truncate it at the end. Don't want errors such as E724 here.
 	    ++emsg_off;
 	    s = tv2string(fc->rettv, &tofree, numbuf2, 0);
 	    --emsg_off;
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ call_user_func(
 		vim_free(tofree);
 	    }
 	}
-	msg_puts("\n");   /* don't overwrite this either */
+	msg_puts("\n");   // don't overwrite this either
 
 	verbose_leave_scroll();
 	--no_wait_return;
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ call_user_func(
 	verbose_enter_scroll();
 
 	smsg(_("continuing in %s"), sourcing_name);
-	msg_puts("\n");   /* don't overwrite this either */
+	msg_puts("\n");   // don't overwrite this either
 
 	verbose_leave_scroll();
 	--no_wait_return;
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ func_clear(ufunc_T *fp, int force)
 	return;
     fp->uf_cleared = TRUE;
 
-    /* clear this function */
+    // clear this function
     func_clear_items(fp);
     funccal_unref(fp->uf_scoped, fp, force);
 }
@@ -1243,8 +1243,8 @@ func_clear(ufunc_T *fp, int force)
     static void
 func_free(ufunc_T *fp)
 {
-    /* only remove it when not done already, otherwise we would remove a newer
-     * version of the function */
+    // only remove it when not done already, otherwise we would remove a newer
+    // version of the function
     if ((fp->uf_flags & (FC_DELETED | FC_REMOVED)) == 0)
 	func_remove(fp);
 
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ free_all_functions(void)
     long_u	todo = 1;
     long_u	used;
 
-    /* Clean up the current_funccal chain and the funccal stack. */
+    // Clean up the current_funccal chain and the funccal stack.
     while (current_funccal != NULL)
     {
 	clear_tv(current_funccal->rettv);
@@ -1328,17 +1328,17 @@ free_all_functions(void)
 	    restore_funccal();
     }
 
-    /* First clear what the functions contain.  Since this may lower the
-     * reference count of a function, it may also free a function and change
-     * the hash table. Restart if that happens. */
+    // First clear what the functions contain.  Since this may lower the
+    // reference count of a function, it may also free a function and change
+    // the hash table. Restart if that happens.
     while (todo > 0)
     {
 	todo = func_hashtab.ht_used;
 	for (hi = func_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
 	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
 	    {
-		/* Only free functions that are not refcounted, those are
-		 * supposed to be freed when no longer referenced. */
+		// Only free functions that are not refcounted, those are
+		// supposed to be freed when no longer referenced.
 		fp = HI2UF(hi);
 		if (func_name_refcount(fp->uf_name))
 		    ++skipped;
@@ -1356,8 +1356,8 @@ free_all_functions(void)
 	    }
     }
 
-    /* Now actually free the functions.  Need to start all over every time,
-     * because func_free() may change the hash table. */
+    // Now actually free the functions.  Need to start all over every time,
+    // because func_free() may change the hash table.
     skipped = 0;
     while (func_hashtab.ht_used > skipped)
     {
@@ -1366,8 +1366,8 @@ free_all_functions(void)
 	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
 	    {
 		--todo;
-		/* Only free functions that are not refcounted, those are
-		 * supposed to be freed when no longer referenced. */
+		// Only free functions that are not refcounted, those are
+		// supposed to be freed when no longer referenced.
 		fp = HI2UF(hi);
 		if (func_name_refcount(fp->uf_name))
 		    ++skipped;
@@ -1421,9 +1421,8 @@ func_call(
 	    emsg(_("E699: Too many arguments"));
 	    break;
 	}
-	/* Make a copy of each argument.  This is needed to be able to set
-	 * v_lock to VAR_FIXED in the copy without changing the original list.
-	 */
+	// Make a copy of each argument.  This is needed to be able to set
+	// v_lock to VAR_FIXED in the copy without changing the original list.
 	copy_tv(&item->li_tv, &argv[argc++]);
     }
 
@@ -1440,7 +1439,7 @@ func_call(
 	r = call_func(name, -1, rettv, argc, argv, &funcexe);
     }
 
-    /* Free the arguments. */
+    // Free the arguments.
     while (argc > 0)
 	clear_tv(&argv[--argc]);
 
@@ -1529,9 +1528,9 @@ call_func(
 
     if (partial != NULL)
     {
-	/* When the function has a partial with a dict and there is a dict
-	 * argument, use the dict argument.  That is backwards compatible.
-	 * When the dict was bound explicitly use the one from the partial. */
+	// When the function has a partial with a dict and there is a dict
+	// argument, use the dict argument.  That is backwards compatible.
+	// When the dict was bound explicitly use the one from the partial.
 	if (partial->pt_dict != NULL && (selfdict == NULL || !partial->pt_auto))
 	    selfdict = partial->pt_dict;
 	if (error == ERROR_NONE && partial->pt_argc > 0)
@@ -1556,11 +1555,11 @@ call_func(
     {
 	char_u *rfname = fname;
 
-	/* Ignore "g:" before a function name. */
+	// Ignore "g:" before a function name.
 	if (fname[0] == 'g' && fname[1] == ':')
 	    rfname = fname + 2;
 
-	rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER;	/* default rettv is number zero */
+	rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER;	// default rettv is number zero
 	rettv->vval.v_number = 0;
 	error = ERROR_UNKNOWN;
 
@@ -1574,19 +1573,19 @@ call_func(
 	    else
 		fp = find_func(rfname);
 
-	    /* Trigger FuncUndefined event, may load the function. */
+	    // Trigger FuncUndefined event, may load the function.
 	    if (fp == NULL
 		    && apply_autocmds(EVENT_FUNCUNDEFINED,
 						     rfname, rfname, TRUE, NULL)
 		    && !aborting())
 	    {
-		/* executed an autocommand, search for the function again */
+		// executed an autocommand, search for the function again
 		fp = find_func(rfname);
 	    }
-	    /* Try loading a package. */
+	    // Try loading a package.
 	    if (fp == NULL && script_autoload(rfname, TRUE) && !aborting())
 	    {
-		/* loaded a package, search for the function again */
+		// loaded a package, search for the function again
 		fp = find_func(rfname);
 	    }
 
@@ -1638,8 +1637,8 @@ call_func(
 					 funcexe->firstline, funcexe->lastline,
 				  (fp->uf_flags & FC_DICT) ? selfdict : NULL);
 		    if (--fp->uf_calls <= 0 && fp->uf_refcount <= 0)
-			/* Function was unreferenced while being used, free it
-			 * now. */
+			// Function was unreferenced while being used, free it
+			// now.
 			func_clear_free(fp, FALSE);
 		    if (did_save_redo)
 			restoreRedobuff(&save_redo);
@@ -1796,10 +1795,10 @@ list_func_head(ufunc_T *fp, int indent)
     char_u *
 trans_function_name(
     char_u	**pp,
-    int		skip,		/* only find the end, don't evaluate */
+    int		skip,		// only find the end, don't evaluate
     int		flags,
-    funcdict_T	*fdp,		/* return: info about dictionary used */
-    partial_T	**partial)	/* return: partial of a FuncRef */
+    funcdict_T	*fdp,		// return: info about dictionary used
+    partial_T	**partial)	// return: partial of a FuncRef
 {
     char_u	*name = NULL;
     char_u	*start;
@@ -1813,8 +1812,8 @@ trans_function_name(
 	vim_memset(fdp, 0, sizeof(funcdict_T));
     start = *pp;
 
-    /* Check for hard coded <SNR>: already translated function ID (from a user
-     * command). */
+    // Check for hard coded <SNR>: already translated function ID (from a user
+    // command).
     if ((*pp)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*pp)[1] == KS_EXTRA
 						   && (*pp)[2] == (int)KE_SNR)
     {
@@ -1823,13 +1822,13 @@ trans_function_name(
 	return vim_strnsave(start, len);
     }
 
-    /* A name starting with "<SID>" or "<SNR>" is local to a script.  But
-     * don't skip over "s:", get_lval() needs it for "s:dict.func". */
+    // A name starting with "<SID>" or "<SNR>" is local to a script.  But
+    // don't skip over "s:", get_lval() needs it for "s:dict.func".
     lead = eval_fname_script(start);
     if (lead > 2)
 	start += lead;
 
-    /* Note that TFN_ flags use the same values as GLV_ flags. */
+    // Note that TFN_ flags use the same values as GLV_ flags.
     end = get_lval(start, NULL, &lv, FALSE, skip, flags | GLV_READ_ONLY,
 					      lead > 2 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START);
     if (end == start)
@@ -1891,12 +1890,12 @@ trans_function_name(
 
     if (lv.ll_name == NULL)
     {
-	/* Error found, but continue after the function name. */
+	// Error found, but continue after the function name.
 	*pp = end;
 	goto theend;
     }
 
-    /* Check if the name is a Funcref.  If so, use the value. */
+    // Check if the name is a Funcref.  If so, use the value.
     if (lv.ll_exp_name != NULL)
     {
 	len = (int)STRLEN(lv.ll_exp_name);
@@ -1918,7 +1917,7 @@ trans_function_name(
 	*pp = end;
 	if (STRNCMP(name, "<SNR>", 5) == 0)
 	{
-	    /* Change "<SNR>" to the byte sequence. */
+	    // Change "<SNR>" to the byte sequence.
 	    name[0] = K_SPECIAL;
 	    name[1] = KS_EXTRA;
 	    name[2] = (int)KE_SNR;
@@ -1933,8 +1932,8 @@ trans_function_name(
 	if (lead <= 2 && lv.ll_name == lv.ll_exp_name
 					 && STRNCMP(lv.ll_name, "s:", 2) == 0)
 	{
-	    /* When there was "s:" already or the name expanded to get a
-	     * leading "s:" then remove it. */
+	    // When there was "s:" already or the name expanded to get a
+	    // leading "s:" then remove it.
 	    lv.ll_name += 2;
 	    len -= 2;
 	    lead = 2;
@@ -1942,7 +1941,7 @@ trans_function_name(
     }
     else
     {
-	/* skip over "s:" and "g:" */
+	// skip over "s:" and "g:"
 	if (lead == 2 || (lv.ll_name[0] == 'g' && lv.ll_name[1] == ':'))
 	    lv.ll_name += 2;
 	len = (int)(end - lv.ll_name);
@@ -1954,14 +1953,14 @@ trans_function_name(
      * Accept <SNR>123_name() outside a script.
      */
     if (skip)
-	lead = 0;	/* do nothing */
+	lead = 0;	// do nothing
     else if (lead > 0)
     {
 	lead = 3;
 	if ((lv.ll_exp_name != NULL && eval_fname_sid(lv.ll_exp_name))
 						       || eval_fname_sid(*pp))
 	{
-	    /* It's "s:" or "<SID>" */
+	    // It's "s:" or "<SID>"
 	    if (current_sctx.sc_sid <= 0)
 	    {
 		emsg(_(e_usingsid));
@@ -1996,7 +1995,7 @@ trans_function_name(
 	    name[0] = K_SPECIAL;
 	    name[1] = KS_EXTRA;
 	    name[2] = (int)KE_SNR;
-	    if (lead > 3)	/* If it's "<SID>" */
+	    if (lead > 3)	// If it's "<SID>"
 		STRCPY(name + 3, sid_buf);
 	}
 	mch_memmove(name + lead, lv.ll_name, (size_t)len);
@@ -2036,7 +2035,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
     int		nesting;
     dictitem_T	*v;
     funcdict_T	fudi;
-    static int	func_nr = 0;	    /* number for nameless function */
+    static int	func_nr = 0;	    // number for nameless function
     int		paren;
     hashtab_T	*ht;
     int		todo;
@@ -2149,8 +2148,8 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    eap->skip = TRUE;
     }
 
-    /* An error in a function call during evaluation of an expression in magic
-     * braces should not cause the function not to be defined. */
+    // An error in a function call during evaluation of an expression in magic
+    // braces should not cause the function not to be defined.
     saved_did_emsg = did_emsg;
     did_emsg = FALSE;
 
@@ -2184,7 +2183,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 		    if (j < 99)
 			msg_putchar(' ');
 		    msg_prt_line(FUNCLINE(fp, j), FALSE);
-		    out_flush();	/* show a line at a time */
+		    out_flush();	// show a line at a time
 		    ui_breakcheck();
 		}
 		if (!got_int)
@@ -2210,7 +2209,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    semsg(_("E124: Missing '(': %s"), eap->arg);
 	    goto ret_free;
 	}
-	/* attempt to continue by skipping some text */
+	// attempt to continue by skipping some text
 	if (vim_strchr(p, '(') != NULL)
 	    p = vim_strchr(p, '(');
     }
@@ -2220,8 +2219,8 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 
     if (!eap->skip)
     {
-	/* Check the name of the function.  Unless it's a dictionary function
-	 * (that we are overwriting). */
+	// Check the name of the function.  Unless it's a dictionary function
+	// (that we are overwriting).
 	if (name != NULL)
 	    arg = name;
 	else
@@ -2240,7 +2239,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    if (arg[j] != NUL)
 		emsg_funcname((char *)e_invarg2, arg);
 	}
-	/* Disallow using the g: dict. */
+	// Disallow using the g: dict.
 	if (fudi.fd_dict != NULL && fudi.fd_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE)
 	    emsg(_("E862: Cannot use g: here"));
     }
@@ -2249,7 +2248,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 					    &default_args, eap->skip) == FAIL)
 	goto errret_2;
 
-    /* find extra arguments "range", "dict", "abort" and "closure" */
+    // find extra arguments "range", "dict", "abort" and "closure"
     for (;;)
     {
 	p = skipwhite(p);
@@ -2283,8 +2282,8 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    break;
     }
 
-    /* When there is a line break use what follows for the function body.
-     * Makes 'exe "func Test()\n...\nendfunc"' work. */
+    // When there is a line break use what follows for the function body.
+    // Makes 'exe "func Test()\n...\nendfunc"' work.
     if (*p == '\n')
 	line_arg = p + 1;
     else if (*p != NUL && *p != '"' && !eap->skip && !did_emsg)
@@ -2295,9 +2294,9 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
      */
     if (KeyTyped)
     {
-	/* Check if the function already exists, don't let the user type the
-	 * whole function before telling him it doesn't work!  For a script we
-	 * need to skip the body to be able to find what follows. */
+	// Check if the function already exists, don't let the user type the
+	// whole function before telling him it doesn't work!  For a script we
+	// need to skip the body to be able to find what follows.
 	if (!eap->skip && !eap->forceit)
 	{
 	    if (fudi.fd_dict != NULL && fudi.fd_newkey == NULL)
@@ -2309,7 +2308,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	if (!eap->skip && did_emsg)
 	    goto erret;
 
-	msg_putchar('\n');	    /* don't overwrite the function name */
+	msg_putchar('\n');	    // don't overwrite the function name
 	cmdline_row = msg_row;
     }
 
@@ -2329,7 +2328,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 
 	if (line_arg != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Use eap->arg, split up in parts by line breaks. */
+	    // Use eap->arg, split up in parts by line breaks.
 	    theline = line_arg;
 	    p = vim_strchr(theline, '\n');
 	    if (p == NULL)
@@ -2357,7 +2356,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    goto erret;
 	}
 
-	/* Detect line continuation: sourcing_lnum increased more than one. */
+	// Detect line continuation: sourcing_lnum increased more than one.
 	sourcing_lnum_off = get_sourced_lnum(eap->getline, eap->cookie);
 	if (sourcing_lnum < sourcing_lnum_off)
 	    sourcing_lnum_off -= sourcing_lnum;
@@ -2393,11 +2392,11 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* skip ':' and blanks*/
+	    // skip ':' and blanks
 	    for (p = theline; VIM_ISWHITE(*p) || *p == ':'; ++p)
 		;
 
-	    /* Check for "endfunction". */
+	    // Check for "endfunction".
 	    if (checkforcmd(&p, "endfunction", 4) && nesting-- == 0)
 	    {
 		char_u *nextcmd = NULL;
@@ -2412,9 +2411,9 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 			 p, TRUE);
 		if (nextcmd != NULL)
 		{
-		    /* Another command follows. If the line came from "eap" we
-		     * can simply point into it, otherwise we need to change
-		     * "eap->cmdlinep". */
+		    // Another command follows. If the line came from "eap" we
+		    // can simply point into it, otherwise we need to change
+		    // "eap->cmdlinep".
 		    eap->nextcmd = nextcmd;
 		    if (line_to_free != NULL)
 		    {
@@ -2426,8 +2425,8 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 		break;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Increase indent inside "if", "while", "for" and "try", decrease
-	     * at "end". */
+	    // Increase indent inside "if", "while", "for" and "try", decrease
+	    // at "end".
 	    if (indent > 2 && STRNCMP(p, "end", 3) == 0)
 		indent -= 2;
 	    else if (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0
@@ -2436,7 +2435,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 		    || STRNCMP(p, "try", 3) == 0)
 		indent += 2;
 
-	    /* Check for defining a function inside this function. */
+	    // Check for defining a function inside this function.
 	    if (checkforcmd(&p, "function", 2))
 	    {
 		if (*p == '!')
@@ -2450,7 +2449,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 		}
 	    }
 
-	    /* Check for ":append", ":change", ":insert". */
+	    // Check for ":append", ":change", ":insert".
 	    p = skip_range(p, NULL);
 	    if ((p[0] == 'a' && (!ASCII_ISALPHA(p[1]) || p[1] == 'p'))
 		    || (p[0] == 'c'
@@ -2463,7 +2462,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 				&& (!ASCII_ISALPHA(p[2]) || (p[2] == 's'))))))
 		skip_until = vim_strsave((char_u *)".");
 
-	    /* Check for ":python <<EOF", ":tcl <<EOF", etc. */
+	    // Check for ":python <<EOF", ":tcl <<EOF", etc.
 	    arg = skipwhite(skiptowhite(p));
 	    if (arg[0] == '<' && arg[1] =='<'
 		    && ((p[0] == 'p' && p[1] == 'y'
@@ -2482,7 +2481,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 				    && (!ASCII_ISALPHA(p[2]) || p[2] == 's'))
 			))
 	    {
-		/* ":python <<" continues until a dot, like ":append" */
+		// ":python <<" continues until a dot, like ":append"
 		p = skipwhite(arg + 2);
 		if (*p == NUL)
 		    skip_until = vim_strsave((char_u *)".");
@@ -2519,30 +2518,30 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* Add the line to the function. */
+	// Add the line to the function.
 	if (ga_grow(&newlines, 1 + sourcing_lnum_off) == FAIL)
 	    goto erret;
 
-	/* Copy the line to newly allocated memory.  get_one_sourceline()
-	 * allocates 250 bytes per line, this saves 80% on average.  The cost
-	 * is an extra alloc/free. */
+	// Copy the line to newly allocated memory.  get_one_sourceline()
+	// allocates 250 bytes per line, this saves 80% on average.  The cost
+	// is an extra alloc/free.
 	p = vim_strsave(theline);
 	if (p == NULL)
 	    goto erret;
 	((char_u **)(newlines.ga_data))[newlines.ga_len++] = p;
 
-	/* Add NULL lines for continuation lines, so that the line count is
-	 * equal to the index in the growarray.   */
+	// Add NULL lines for continuation lines, so that the line count is
+	// equal to the index in the growarray.
 	while (sourcing_lnum_off-- > 0)
 	    ((char_u **)(newlines.ga_data))[newlines.ga_len++] = NULL;
 
-	/* Check for end of eap->arg. */
+	// Check for end of eap->arg.
 	if (line_arg != NULL && *line_arg == NUL)
 	    line_arg = NULL;
     }
 
-    /* Don't define the function when skipping commands or when an error was
-     * detected. */
+    // Don't define the function when skipping commands or when an error was
+    // detected.
     if (eap->skip || did_emsg)
 	goto erret;
 
@@ -2580,8 +2579,8 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    }
 	    if (fp->uf_refcount > 1)
 	    {
-		/* This function is referenced somewhere, don't redefine it but
-		 * create a new one. */
+		// This function is referenced somewhere, don't redefine it but
+		// create a new one.
 		--fp->uf_refcount;
 		fp->uf_flags |= FC_REMOVED;
 		fp = NULL;
@@ -2589,7 +2588,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* redefine existing function */
+		// redefine existing function
 		VIM_CLEAR(name);
 		func_clear_items(fp);
 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
@@ -2611,16 +2610,16 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	}
 	if (fudi.fd_di == NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Can't add a function to a locked dictionary */
+	    // Can't add a function to a locked dictionary
 	    if (var_check_lock(fudi.fd_dict->dv_lock, eap->arg, FALSE))
 		goto erret;
 	}
-	    /* Can't change an existing function if it is locked */
+	    // Can't change an existing function if it is locked
 	else if (var_check_lock(fudi.fd_di->di_tv.v_lock, eap->arg, FALSE))
 	    goto erret;
 
-	/* Give the function a sequential number.  Can only be used with a
-	 * Funcref! */
+	// Give the function a sequential number.  Can only be used with a
+	// Funcref!
 	vim_free(name);
 	sprintf(numbuf, "%d", ++func_nr);
 	name = vim_strsave((char_u *)numbuf);
@@ -2635,7 +2634,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	    int	    slen, plen;
 	    char_u  *scriptname;
 
-	    /* Check that the autoload name matches the script name. */
+	    // Check that the autoload name matches the script name.
 	    j = FAIL;
 	    if (sourcing_name != NULL)
 	    {
@@ -2666,7 +2665,7 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 	{
 	    if (fudi.fd_di == NULL)
 	    {
-		/* add new dict entry */
+		// add new dict entry
 		fudi.fd_di = dictitem_alloc(fudi.fd_newkey);
 		if (fudi.fd_di == NULL)
 		{
@@ -2681,16 +2680,16 @@ ex_function(exarg_T *eap)
 		}
 	    }
 	    else
-		/* overwrite existing dict entry */
+		// overwrite existing dict entry
 		clear_tv(&fudi.fd_di->di_tv);
 	    fudi.fd_di->di_tv.v_type = VAR_FUNC;
 	    fudi.fd_di->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(name);
 
-	    /* behave like "dict" was used */
+	    // behave like "dict" was used
 	    flags |= FC_DICT;
 	}
 
-	/* insert the new function in the function list */
+	// insert the new function in the function list
 	STRCPY(fp->uf_name, name);
 	if (overwrite)
 	{
@@ -2750,8 +2749,8 @@ ret_free:
     int
 eval_fname_script(char_u *p)
 {
-    /* Use MB_STRICMP() because in Turkish comparing the "I" may not work with
-     * the standard library function. */
+    // Use MB_STRICMP() because in Turkish comparing the "I" may not work with
+    // the standard library function.
     if (p[0] == '<' && (MB_STRNICMP(p + 1, "SID>", 4) == 0
 				       || MB_STRNICMP(p + 1, "SNR>", 4) == 0))
 	return 5;
@@ -2786,8 +2785,8 @@ function_exists(char_u *name, int no_deref)
     p = trans_function_name(&nm, FALSE, flag, NULL, NULL);
     nm = skipwhite(nm);
 
-    /* Only accept "funcname", "funcname ", "funcname (..." and
-     * "funcname(...", not "funcname!...". */
+    // Only accept "funcname", "funcname ", "funcname (..." and
+    // "funcname(...", not "funcname!...".
     if (p != NULL && (*nm == NUL || *nm == '('))
 	n = translated_function_exists(p);
     vim_free(p);
@@ -2838,10 +2837,10 @@ get_user_func_name(expand_T *xp, int idx)
 
 	if ((fp->uf_flags & FC_DICT)
 				|| STRNCMP(fp->uf_name, "<lambda>", 8) == 0)
-	    return (char_u *)""; /* don't show dict and lambda functions */
+	    return (char_u *)""; // don't show dict and lambda functions
 
 	if (STRLEN(fp->uf_name) + 4 >= IOSIZE)
-	    return fp->uf_name;	/* prevents overflow */
+	    return fp->uf_name;	// prevents overflow
 
 	cat_func_name(IObuff, fp);
 	if (xp->xp_context != EXPAND_USER_FUNC)
@@ -2905,21 +2904,21 @@ ex_delfunction(exarg_T *eap)
 
 	if (fudi.fd_dict != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Delete the dict item that refers to the function, it will
-	     * invoke func_unref() and possibly delete the function. */
+	    // Delete the dict item that refers to the function, it will
+	    // invoke func_unref() and possibly delete the function.
 	    dictitem_remove(fudi.fd_dict, fudi.fd_di);
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* A normal function (not a numbered function or lambda) has a
-	     * refcount of 1 for the entry in the hashtable.  When deleting
-	     * it and the refcount is more than one, it should be kept.
-	     * A numbered function and lambda should be kept if the refcount is
-	     * one or more. */
+	    // A normal function (not a numbered function or lambda) has a
+	    // refcount of 1 for the entry in the hashtable.  When deleting
+	    // it and the refcount is more than one, it should be kept.
+	    // A numbered function and lambda should be kept if the refcount is
+	    // one or more.
 	    if (fp->uf_refcount > (func_name_refcount(fp->uf_name) ? 0 : 1))
 	    {
-		/* Function is still referenced somewhere.  Don't free it but
-		 * do remove it from the hashtable. */
+		// Function is still referenced somewhere.  Don't free it but
+		// do remove it from the hashtable.
 		if (func_remove(fp))
 		    fp->uf_refcount--;
 		fp->uf_flags |= FC_DELETED;
@@ -2951,8 +2950,8 @@ func_unref(char_u *name)
     }
     if (fp != NULL && --fp->uf_refcount <= 0)
     {
-	/* Only delete it when it's not being used.  Otherwise it's done
-	 * when "uf_calls" becomes zero. */
+	// Only delete it when it's not being used.  Otherwise it's done
+	// when "uf_calls" becomes zero.
 	if (fp->uf_calls == 0)
 	    func_clear_free(fp, FALSE);
     }
@@ -2967,8 +2966,8 @@ func_ptr_unref(ufunc_T *fp)
 {
     if (fp != NULL && --fp->uf_refcount <= 0)
     {
-	/* Only delete it when it's not being used.  Otherwise it's done
-	 * when "uf_calls" becomes zero. */
+	// Only delete it when it's not being used.  Otherwise it's done
+	// when "uf_calls" becomes zero.
 	if (fp->uf_calls == 0)
 	    func_clear_free(fp, FALSE);
     }
@@ -2988,8 +2987,8 @@ func_ref(char_u *name)
     if (fp != NULL)
 	++fp->uf_refcount;
     else if (isdigit(*name))
-	/* Only give an error for a numbered function.
-	 * Fail silently, when named or lambda function isn't found. */
+	// Only give an error for a numbered function.
+	// Fail silently, when named or lambda function isn't found.
 	internal_error("func_ref()");
 }
 
@@ -3044,10 +3043,10 @@ ex_return(exarg_T *eap)
 	else
 	    clear_tv(&rettv);
     }
-    /* It's safer to return also on error. */
+    // It's safer to return also on error.
     else if (!eap->skip)
     {
-	/* In return statement, cause_abort should be force_abort. */
+	// In return statement, cause_abort should be force_abort.
 	update_force_abort();
 
 	/*
@@ -3058,12 +3057,12 @@ ex_return(exarg_T *eap)
 	    returning = do_return(eap, FALSE, TRUE, NULL);
     }
 
-    /* When skipping or the return gets pending, advance to the next command
-     * in this line (!returning).  Otherwise, ignore the rest of the line.
-     * Following lines will be ignored by get_func_line(). */
+    // When skipping or the return gets pending, advance to the next command
+    // in this line (!returning).  Otherwise, ignore the rest of the line.
+    // Following lines will be ignored by get_func_line().
     if (returning)
 	eap->nextcmd = NULL;
-    else if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)	    /* no argument */
+    else if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)	    // no argument
 	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
 
     if (eap->skip)
@@ -3090,9 +3089,9 @@ ex_call(exarg_T *eap)
 
     if (eap->skip)
     {
-	/* trans_function_name() doesn't work well when skipping, use eval0()
-	 * instead to skip to any following command, e.g. for:
-	 *   :if 0 | call dict.foo().bar() | endif  */
+	// trans_function_name() doesn't work well when skipping, use eval0()
+	// instead to skip to any following command, e.g. for:
+	//   :if 0 | call dict.foo().bar() | endif
 	++emsg_skip;
 	if (eval0(eap->arg, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, FALSE) != FAIL)
 	    clear_tv(&rettv);
@@ -3103,29 +3102,29 @@ ex_call(exarg_T *eap)
     tofree = trans_function_name(&arg, eap->skip, TFN_INT, &fudi, &partial);
     if (fudi.fd_newkey != NULL)
     {
-	/* Still need to give an error message for missing key. */
+	// Still need to give an error message for missing key.
 	semsg(_(e_dictkey), fudi.fd_newkey);
 	vim_free(fudi.fd_newkey);
     }
     if (tofree == NULL)
 	return;
 
-    /* Increase refcount on dictionary, it could get deleted when evaluating
-     * the arguments. */
+    // Increase refcount on dictionary, it could get deleted when evaluating
+    // the arguments.
     if (fudi.fd_dict != NULL)
 	++fudi.fd_dict->dv_refcount;
 
-    /* If it is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL use its
-     * contents.  For VAR_PARTIAL get its partial, unless we already have one
-     * from trans_function_name(). */
+    // If it is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL use its
+    // contents.  For VAR_PARTIAL get its partial, unless we already have one
+    // from trans_function_name().
     len = (int)STRLEN(tofree);
     name = deref_func_name(tofree, &len,
 				    partial != NULL ? NULL : &partial, FALSE);
 
-    /* Skip white space to allow ":call func ()".  Not good, but required for
-     * backward compatibility. */
+    // Skip white space to allow ":call func ()".  Not good, but required for
+    // backward compatibility.
     startarg = skipwhite(arg);
-    rettv.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;	/* clear_tv() uses this */
+    rettv.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;	// clear_tv() uses this
 
     if (*startarg != '(')
     {
@@ -3142,7 +3141,7 @@ ex_call(exarg_T *eap)
     if (eap->skip)
     {
 	++emsg_skip;
-	lnum = eap->line2;	/* do it once, also with an invalid range */
+	lnum = eap->line2;	// do it once, also with an invalid range
     }
     else
 	lnum = eap->line1;
@@ -3192,10 +3191,10 @@ ex_call(exarg_T *eap)
 	if (doesrange || eap->skip)
 	    break;
 
-	/* Stop when immediately aborting on error, or when an interrupt
-	 * occurred or an exception was thrown but not caught.
-	 * get_func_tv() returned OK, so that the check for trailing
-	 * characters below is executed. */
+	// Stop when immediately aborting on error, or when an interrupt
+	// occurred or an exception was thrown but not caught.
+	// get_func_tv() returned OK, so that the check for trailing
+	// characters below is executed.
 	if (aborting())
 	    break;
     }
@@ -3204,7 +3203,7 @@ ex_call(exarg_T *eap)
 
     if (!failed)
     {
-	/* Check for trailing illegal characters and a following command. */
+	// Check for trailing illegal characters and a following command.
 	if (!ends_excmd(*arg))
 	{
 	    emsg_severe = TRUE;
@@ -3238,7 +3237,7 @@ do_return(
     struct condstack *cstack = eap->cstack;
 
     if (reanimate)
-	/* Undo the return. */
+	// Undo the return.
 	current_funccal->returned = FALSE;
 
     /*
@@ -3253,20 +3252,20 @@ do_return(
 	cstack->cs_pending[idx] = CSTP_RETURN;
 
 	if (!is_cmd && !reanimate)
-	    /* A pending return again gets pending.  "rettv" points to an
-	     * allocated variable with the rettv of the original ":return"'s
-	     * argument if present or is NULL else. */
+	    // A pending return again gets pending.  "rettv" points to an
+	    // allocated variable with the rettv of the original ":return"'s
+	    // argument if present or is NULL else.
 	    cstack->cs_rettv[idx] = rettv;
 	else
 	{
-	    /* When undoing a return in order to make it pending, get the stored
-	     * return rettv. */
+	    // When undoing a return in order to make it pending, get the stored
+	    // return rettv.
 	    if (reanimate)
 		rettv = current_funccal->rettv;
 
 	    if (rettv != NULL)
 	    {
-		/* Store the value of the pending return. */
+		// Store the value of the pending return.
 		if ((cstack->cs_rettv[idx] = alloc_tv()) != NULL)
 		    *(typval_T *)cstack->cs_rettv[idx] = *(typval_T *)rettv;
 		else
@@ -3277,9 +3276,9 @@ do_return(
 
 	    if (reanimate)
 	    {
-		/* The pending return value could be overwritten by a ":return"
-		 * without argument in a finally clause; reset the default
-		 * return value. */
+		// The pending return value could be overwritten by a ":return"
+		// without argument in a finally clause; reset the default
+		// return value.
 		current_funccal->rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
 		current_funccal->rettv->vval.v_number = 0;
 	    }
@@ -3290,9 +3289,9 @@ do_return(
     {
 	current_funccal->returned = TRUE;
 
-	/* If the return is carried out now, store the return value.  For
-	 * a return immediately after reanimation, the value is already
-	 * there. */
+	// If the return is carried out now, store the return value.  For
+	// a return immediately after reanimation, the value is already
+	// there.
 	if (!reanimate && rettv != NULL)
 	{
 	    clear_tv(current_funccal->rettv);
@@ -3353,9 +3352,9 @@ get_func_line(
     funccall_T	*fcp = (funccall_T *)cookie;
     ufunc_T	*fp = fcp->func;
     char_u	*retval;
-    garray_T	*gap;  /* growarray with function lines */
+    garray_T	*gap;  // growarray with function lines
 
-    /* If breakpoints have been added/deleted need to check for it. */
+    // If breakpoints have been added/deleted need to check for it.
     if (fcp->dbg_tick != debug_tick)
     {
 	fcp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(FALSE, fp->uf_name,
@@ -3373,7 +3372,7 @@ get_func_line(
 	retval = NULL;
     else
     {
-	/* Skip NULL lines (continuation lines). */
+	// Skip NULL lines (continuation lines).
 	while (fcp->linenr < gap->ga_len
 			  && ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[fcp->linenr] == NULL)
 	    ++fcp->linenr;
@@ -3390,11 +3389,11 @@ get_func_line(
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Did we encounter a breakpoint? */
+    // Did we encounter a breakpoint?
     if (fcp->breakpoint != 0 && fcp->breakpoint <= sourcing_lnum)
     {
 	dbg_breakpoint(fp->uf_name, sourcing_lnum);
-	/* Find next breakpoint. */
+	// Find next breakpoint.
 	fcp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(FALSE, fp->uf_name,
 							       sourcing_lnum);
 	fcp->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
@@ -3412,8 +3411,8 @@ func_has_ended(void *cookie)
 {
     funccall_T  *fcp = (funccall_T *)cookie;
 
-    /* Ignore the "abort" flag if the abortion behavior has been changed due to
-     * an error inside a try conditional. */
+    // Ignore the "abort" flag if the abortion behavior has been changed due to
+    // an error inside a try conditional.
     return (((fcp->func->uf_flags & FC_ABORT) && did_emsg && !aborted_in_try())
 	    || fcp->returned);
 }
@@ -3452,7 +3451,7 @@ make_partial(dict_T *selfdict_in, typval_T *rettv)
     {
 	fname = rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? rettv->vval.v_string
 					      : rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_name;
-	/* Translate "s:func" to the stored function name. */
+	// Translate "s:func" to the stored function name.
 	fname = fname_trans_sid(fname, fname_buf, &tofree, &error);
 	fp = find_func(fname);
 	vim_free(tofree);
@@ -3470,8 +3469,8 @@ make_partial(dict_T *selfdict_in, typval_T *rettv)
 	    selfdict = NULL;
 	    if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC)
 	    {
-		/* Just a function: Take over the function name and use
-		 * selfdict. */
+		// Just a function: Take over the function name and use
+		// selfdict.
 		pt->pt_name = rettv->vval.v_string;
 	    }
 	    else
@@ -3479,9 +3478,9 @@ make_partial(dict_T *selfdict_in, typval_T *rettv)
 		partial_T	*ret_pt = rettv->vval.v_partial;
 		int		i;
 
-		/* Partial: copy the function name, use selfdict and copy
-		 * args.  Can't take over name or args, the partial might
-		 * be referenced elsewhere. */
+		// Partial: copy the function name, use selfdict and copy
+		// args.  Can't take over name or args, the partial might
+		// be referenced elsewhere.
 		if (ret_pt->pt_name != NULL)
 		{
 		    pt->pt_name = vim_strsave(ret_pt->pt_name);
@@ -3496,7 +3495,7 @@ make_partial(dict_T *selfdict_in, typval_T *rettv)
 		{
 		    pt->pt_argv = ALLOC_MULT(typval_T, ret_pt->pt_argc);
 		    if (pt->pt_argv == NULL)
-			/* out of memory: drop the arguments */
+			// out of memory: drop the arguments
 			pt->pt_argc = 0;
 		    else
 		    {
@@ -3580,8 +3579,8 @@ free_unref_funccal(int copyID, int testing)
 	    pfc = &(*pfc)->caller;
     }
     if (did_free_funccal)
-	/* When a funccal was freed some more items might be garbage
-	 * collected, so run again. */
+	// When a funccal was freed some more items might be garbage
+	// collected, so run again.
 	(void)garbage_collect(testing);
 
     return did_free;
@@ -3606,7 +3605,7 @@ get_funccal(void)
 	    if (temp_funccal)
 		funccal = temp_funccal;
 	    else
-		/* backtrace level overflow. reset to max */
+		// backtrace level overflow. reset to max
 		debug_backtrace_level = i;
 	}
     }
@@ -3700,7 +3699,7 @@ find_hi_in_scoped_ht(char_u *name, hashtab_T **pht)
     if (current_funccal == NULL || current_funccal->func->uf_scoped == NULL)
       return NULL;
 
-    /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */
+    // Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda
     current_funccal = current_funccal->func->uf_scoped;
     while (current_funccal != NULL)
     {
@@ -3737,7 +3736,7 @@ find_var_in_scoped_ht(char_u *name, int no_autoload)
     if (current_funccal == NULL || current_funccal->func->uf_scoped == NULL)
 	return NULL;
 
-    /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */
+    // Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda
     current_funccal = current_funccal->func->uf_scoped;
     while (current_funccal)
     {
@@ -3887,4 +3886,4 @@ set_ref_in_func(char_u *name, ufunc_T *fp_in, int copyID)
     return abort;
 }
 
-#endif /* FEAT_EVAL */
+#endif // FEAT_EVAL
diff --git a/src/version.c b/src/version.c
index 504c54656..f5c7d2e27 100644
--- a/src/version.c
+++ b/src/version.c
@@ -743,6 +743,8 @@ static char *(features[]) =
 static int included_patches[] =
 {   /* Add new patch number below this line */
 /**/
+    2396,
+/**/
     2395,
 /**/
     2394,
diff --git a/src/winclip.c b/src/winclip.c
index 4dcbc4386..d97f776ca 100644
--- a/src/winclip.c
+++ b/src/winclip.c
@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ utf8_to_utf16(char_u *instr, int inlen, short_u *outstr, int *unconvlenp)
 
     while (todo > 0)
     {
-	/* Only convert if we have a complete sequence. */
+	// Only convert if we have a complete sequence.
 	l = utf_ptr2len_len(p, todo);
 	if (l > todo)
 	{
-	    /* Return length of incomplete sequence. */
+	    // Return length of incomplete sequence.
 	    if (unconvlenp != NULL)
 		*unconvlenp = todo;
 	    break;
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ utf8_to_utf16(char_u *instr, int inlen, short_u *outstr, int *unconvlenp)
 	ch = utf_ptr2char(p);
 	if (ch >= 0x10000)
 	{
-	    /* non-BMP character, encoding with surrogate pairs */
+	    // non-BMP character, encoding with surrogate pairs
 	    ++outlen;
 	    if (outstr != NULL)
 	    {
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ utf16_to_utf8(short_u *instr, int inlen, char_u *outstr)
 	ch = *p;
 	if (ch >= 0xD800 && ch <= 0xDBFF && todo > 1)
 	{
-	    /* surrogate pairs handling */
+	    // surrogate pairs handling
 	    ch2 = p[1];
 	    if (ch2 >= 0xDC00 && ch2 <= 0xDFFF)
 	    {
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ MultiByteToWideChar_alloc(UINT cp, DWORD flags,
 	LPWSTR *out, int *outlen)
 {
     *outlen = MultiByteToWideChar(cp, flags, in, inlen, 0, 0);
-    /* Add one one word to avoid a zero-length alloc(). */
+    // Add one one word to avoid a zero-length alloc().
     *out = ALLOC_MULT(WCHAR, *outlen + 1);
     if (*out != NULL)
     {
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ WideCharToMultiByte_alloc(UINT cp, DWORD flags,
 	LPCSTR def, LPBOOL useddef)
 {
     *outlen = WideCharToMultiByte(cp, flags, in, inlen, NULL, 0, def, useddef);
-    /* Add one one byte to avoid a zero-length alloc(). */
+    // Add one one byte to avoid a zero-length alloc().
     *out = alloc(*outlen + 1);
     if (*out != NULL)
     {
@@ -198,14 +198,14 @@ win_clip_init(void)
     clip_star.format_raw = RegisterClipboardFormat("VimRawBytes");
 }
 
-/* Type used for the clipboard type of Vim's data. */
+// Type used for the clipboard type of Vim's data.
 typedef struct
 {
-    int type;		/* MCHAR, MBLOCK or MLINE */
-    int txtlen;		/* length of CF_TEXT in bytes */
-    int ucslen;		/* length of CF_UNICODETEXT in words */
-    int rawlen;		/* length of clip_star.format_raw, including encoding,
-			   excluding terminating NUL */
+    int type;		// MCHAR, MBLOCK or MLINE
+    int txtlen;		// length of CF_TEXT in bytes
+    int ucslen;		// length of CF_UNICODETEXT in words
+    int rawlen;		// length of clip_star.format_raw, including encoding,
+			// excluding terminating NUL
 } VimClipType_t;
 
 /*
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ clip_mch_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd UNUSED)
     void
 clip_mch_lose_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd UNUSED)
 {
-    /* Nothing needs to be done here */
+    // Nothing needs to be done here
 }
 
 /*
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ crnl_to_nl(const char_u *str, int *size)
     char_u	*ret;
     char_u	*retp;
 
-    /* Avoid allocating zero bytes, it generates an error message. */
+    // Avoid allocating zero bytes, it generates an error message.
     ret = alloc(str_len == 0 ? 1 : str_len);
     if (ret != NULL)
     {
@@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ vim_open_clipboard(void)
     while (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
     {
 	if (delay > 500)
-	    return FALSE;  /* waited too long, give up */
+	    return FALSE;  // waited too long, give up
 	Sleep(delay);
-	delay *= 2;	/* wait for 10, 20, 40, 80, etc. msec */
+	delay *= 2;	// wait for 10, 20, 40, 80, etc. msec
     }
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     if (!vim_open_clipboard())
 	return;
 
-    /* Check for vim's own clipboard format first.  This only gets the type of
-     * the data, still need to use CF_UNICODETEXT or CF_TEXT for the text. */
+    // Check for vim's own clipboard format first.  This only gets the type of
+    // the data, still need to use CF_UNICODETEXT or CF_TEXT for the text.
     if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(cbd->format))
     {
 	VimClipType_t	*meta_p;
 	HGLOBAL		meta_h;
 
-	/* We have metadata on the clipboard; try to get it. */
+	// We have metadata on the clipboard; try to get it.
 	if ((meta_h = GetClipboardData(cbd->format)) != NULL
 		&& (meta_p = (VimClipType_t *)GlobalLock(meta_h)) != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* The size of "VimClipType_t" changed, "rawlen" was added later.
-	     * Only copy what is available for backwards compatibility. */
+	    // The size of "VimClipType_t" changed, "rawlen" was added later.
+	    // Only copy what is available for backwards compatibility.
 	    n = sizeof(VimClipType_t);
 	    if (GlobalSize(meta_h) < n)
 		n = GlobalSize(meta_h);
@@ -332,12 +332,12 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Check for Vim's raw clipboard format first.  This is used without
-     * conversion, but only if 'encoding' matches. */
+    // Check for Vim's raw clipboard format first.  This is used without
+    // conversion, but only if 'encoding' matches.
     if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(cbd->format_raw)
 				      && metadata.rawlen > (int)STRLEN(p_enc))
     {
-	/* We have raw data on the clipboard; try to get it. */
+	// We have raw data on the clipboard; try to get it.
 	if ((rawh = GetClipboardData(cbd->format_raw)) != NULL)
 	{
 	    char_u	*rawp;
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     }
     if (str == NULL)
     {
-	/* Try to get the clipboard in Unicode if it's not an empty string. */
+	// Try to get the clipboard in Unicode if it's not an empty string.
 	if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_UNICODETEXT) && metadata.ucslen != 0)
 	{
 	    HGLOBAL hMemW;
@@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	    {
 		WCHAR *hMemWstr = (WCHAR *)GlobalLock(hMemW);
 
-		/* Use the length of our metadata if possible, but limit it to
-		 * the GlobalSize() for safety. */
+		// Use the length of our metadata if possible, but limit it to
+		// the GlobalSize() for safety.
 		maxlen = (int)(GlobalSize(hMemW) / sizeof(WCHAR));
 		if (metadata.ucslen >= 0)
 		{
@@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 		GlobalUnlock(hMemW);
 	    }
 	}
-	/* Get the clipboard in the Active codepage. */
+	// Get the clipboard in the Active codepage.
 	else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT))
 	{
 	    if ((hMem = GetClipboardData(CF_TEXT)) != NULL)
 	    {
 		str = (char_u *)GlobalLock(hMem);
 
-		/* The length is either what our metadata says or the strlen().
-		 * But limit it to the GlobalSize() for safety. */
+		// The length is either what our metadata says or the strlen().
+		// But limit it to the GlobalSize() for safety.
 		maxlen = (int)GlobalSize(hMem);
 		if (metadata.txtlen >= 0)
 		{
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 			    break;
 		}
 
-		/* The text is in the active codepage.  Convert to
-		 * 'encoding', going through UTF-16. */
+		// The text is in the active codepage.  Convert to
+		// 'encoding', going through UTF-16.
 		acp_to_enc(str, str_size, &to_free, &maxlen);
 		if (to_free != NULL)
 		{
@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     {
 	char_u *temp_clipboard;
 
-	/* If the type is not known detect it. */
+	// If the type is not known detect it.
 	if (metadata.type == -1)
 	    metadata.type = MAUTO;
 
-	/* Translate <CR><NL> into <NL>. */
+	// Translate <CR><NL> into <NL>.
 	temp_clipboard = crnl_to_nl(str, &str_size);
 	if (temp_clipboard != NULL)
 	{
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* unlock the global object */
+    // unlock the global object
     if (hMem != NULL)
 	GlobalUnlock(hMem);
     if (rawh != NULL)
@@ -463,12 +463,12 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     HGLOBAL		hMemVim = NULL;
     HGLOBAL		hMemW = NULL;
 
-    /* If the '*' register isn't already filled in, fill it in now */
+    // If the '*' register isn't already filled in, fill it in now
     cbd->owned = TRUE;
     clip_get_selection(cbd);
     cbd->owned = FALSE;
 
-    /* Get the text to be put on the clipboard, with CR-LF. */
+    // Get the text to be put on the clipboard, with CR-LF.
     metadata.type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &txtlen, cbd);
     if (metadata.type < 0)
 	return;
@@ -476,9 +476,9 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     metadata.ucslen = 0;
     metadata.rawlen = 0;
 
-    /* Always set the raw bytes: 'encoding', NUL and the text.  This is used
-     * when copy/paste from/to Vim with the same 'encoding', so that illegal
-     * bytes can also be copied and no conversion is needed. */
+    // Always set the raw bytes: 'encoding', NUL and the text.  This is used
+    // when copy/paste from/to Vim with the same 'encoding', so that illegal
+    // bytes can also be copied and no conversion is needed.
     {
 	LPSTR lpszMemRaw;
 
@@ -500,15 +500,15 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	WCHAR		*out;
 	int		len = metadata.txtlen;
 
-	/* Convert the text to UTF-16. This is put on the clipboard as
-	 * CF_UNICODETEXT. */
+	// Convert the text to UTF-16. This is put on the clipboard as
+	// CF_UNICODETEXT.
 	out = (WCHAR *)enc_to_utf16(str, &len);
 	if (out != NULL)
 	{
 	    WCHAR *lpszMemW;
 
-	    /* Convert the text for CF_TEXT to Active codepage. Otherwise it's
-	     * p_enc, which has no relation to the Active codepage. */
+	    // Convert the text for CF_TEXT to Active codepage. Otherwise it's
+	    // p_enc, which has no relation to the Active codepage.
 	    metadata.txtlen = WideCharToMultiByte(GetACP(), 0, out, len,
 							       NULL, 0, 0, 0);
 	    vim_free(str);
@@ -516,13 +516,13 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	    if (str == NULL)
 	    {
 		vim_free(out);
-		return;		/* out of memory */
+		return;		// out of memory
 	    }
 	    WideCharToMultiByte(GetACP(), 0, out, len,
 					   (LPSTR)str, metadata.txtlen, 0, 0);
 
-	    /* Allocate memory for the UTF-16 text, add one NUL word to
-	     * terminate the string. */
+	    // Allocate memory for the UTF-16 text, add one NUL word to
+	    // terminate the string.
 	    hMemW = (LPSTR)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE | GMEM_DDESHARE,
 						   (len + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
 	    lpszMemW = (WCHAR *)GlobalLock(hMemW);
@@ -537,8 +537,7 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Allocate memory for the text, add one NUL byte to terminate the string.
-     */
+    // Allocate memory for the text, add one NUL byte to terminate the string.
     hMem = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE | GMEM_DDESHARE, metadata.txtlen + 1);
     {
 	LPSTR lpszMem = (LPSTR)GlobalLock(hMem);
@@ -550,7 +549,7 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Set up metadata: */
+    // Set up metadata:
     {
 	VimClipType_t *lpszMemVim = NULL;
 
@@ -580,8 +579,8 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 		if (SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, hMemW) != NULL)
 		    hMemW = NULL;
 	    }
-	    /* Always use CF_TEXT.  On Win98 Notepad won't obtain the
-	     * CF_UNICODETEXT text, only CF_TEXT. */
+	    // Always use CF_TEXT.  On Win98 Notepad won't obtain the
+	    // CF_UNICODETEXT text, only CF_TEXT.
 	    SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, hMem);
 	    hMem = 0;
 	}
@@ -589,7 +588,7 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
     }
 
     vim_free(str);
-    /* Free any allocations we didn't give to the clipboard: */
+    // Free any allocations we didn't give to the clipboard:
     if (hMemRaw)
 	GlobalFree(hMemRaw);
     if (hMem)
@@ -600,7 +599,7 @@ clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd)
 	GlobalFree(hMemVim);
 }
 
-#endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD */
+#endif // FEAT_CLIPBOARD
 
 /*
  * Note: the following two functions are only guaranteed to work when using
@@ -631,16 +630,16 @@ enc_to_utf16(char_u *str, int *lenp)
 
     if (enc_codepage > 0)
     {
-	/* We can do any CP### -> UTF-16 in one pass, and we can do it
-	 * without iconv() (convert_* may need iconv). */
+	// We can do any CP### -> UTF-16 in one pass, and we can do it
+	// without iconv() (convert_* may need iconv).
 	MultiByteToWideChar_alloc(enc_codepage, 0, (LPCSTR)str, *lenp,
 							       &ret, &length);
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Use "latin1" by default, we might be called before we have p_enc
-	 * set up.  Convert to utf-8 first, works better with iconv().  Does
-	 * nothing if 'encoding' is "utf-8". */
+	// Use "latin1" by default, we might be called before we have p_enc
+	// set up.  Convert to utf-8 first, works better with iconv().  Does
+	// nothing if 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 	conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
 	if (convert_setup(&conv, p_enc ? p_enc : (char_u *)"latin1",
 						   (char_u *)"utf-8") == FAIL)
@@ -691,7 +690,7 @@ utf16_to_enc(short_u *str, int *lenp)
 
     if (enc_codepage > 0)
     {
-	/* We can do any UTF-16 -> CP### in one pass. */
+	// We can do any UTF-16 -> CP### in one pass.
 	int length;
 
 	WideCharToMultiByte_alloc(enc_codepage, 0, str, *lenp,
@@ -700,19 +699,19 @@ utf16_to_enc(short_u *str, int *lenp)
 	return enc_str;
     }
 
-    /* Avoid allocating zero bytes, it generates an error message. */
+    // Avoid allocating zero bytes, it generates an error message.
     utf8_str = alloc(utf16_to_utf8(str, *lenp == 0 ? 1 : *lenp, NULL));
     if (utf8_str != NULL)
     {
 	*lenp = utf16_to_utf8(str, *lenp, utf8_str);
 
-	/* We might be called before we have p_enc set up. */
+	// We might be called before we have p_enc set up.
 	conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
 	convert_setup(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-8",
 					    p_enc? p_enc: (char_u *)"latin1");
 	if (conv.vc_type == CONV_NONE)
 	{
-	    /* p_enc is utf-8, so we're done. */
+	    // p_enc is utf-8, so we're done.
 	    enc_str = utf8_str;
 	}
 	else
@@ -746,7 +745,7 @@ acp_to_enc(
 							    &widestr, outlen);
     if (widestr != NULL)
     {
-	++*outlen;	/* Include the 0 after the string */
+	++*outlen;	// Include the 0 after the string
 	*out = utf16_to_enc((short_u *)widestr, outlen);
 	vim_free(widestr);
     }
diff --git a/src/window.c b/src/window.c
index 85312ba28..5b407d5b6 100644
--- a/src/window.c
+++ b/src/window.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static int frame_check_width(frame_T *topfrp, int width);
 
 static win_T *win_alloc(win_T *after, int hidden);
 
-#define NOWIN		(win_T *)-1	/* non-existing window */
+#define NOWIN		(win_T *)-1	// non-existing window
 
 #define ROWS_AVAIL (Rows - p_ch - tabline_height())
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ log_frame_layout(frame_T *frame)
 do_window(
     int		nchar,
     long	Prenum,
-    int		xchar)	    /* extra char from ":wincmd gx" or NUL */
+    int		xchar)	    // extra char from ":wincmd gx" or NUL
 {
     long	Prenum1;
     win_T	*wp;
@@ -142,15 +142,15 @@ do_window(
 
     switch (nchar)
     {
-/* split current window in two parts, horizontally */
+// split current window in two parts, horizontally
     case 'S':
     case Ctrl_S:
     case 's':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-		/* When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
-		 * don't replicate the quickfix buffer. */
+		// When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
+		// don't replicate the quickfix buffer.
 		if (bt_quickfix(curbuf))
 		    goto newwindow;
 #endif
@@ -160,14 +160,14 @@ do_window(
 		(void)win_split((int)Prenum, 0);
 		break;
 
-/* split current window in two parts, vertically */
+// split current window in two parts, vertically
     case Ctrl_V:
     case 'v':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-		/* When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
-		 * don't replicate the quickfix buffer. */
+		// When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it,
+		// don't replicate the quickfix buffer.
 		if (bt_quickfix(curbuf))
 		    goto newwindow;
 #endif
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ do_window(
 		(void)win_split((int)Prenum, WSP_VERT);
 		break;
 
-/* split current window and edit alternate file */
+// split current window and edit alternate file
     case Ctrl_HAT:
     case '^':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 
 		if (buflist_findnr(Prenum == 0
 					? curwin->w_alt_fnum : Prenum) == NULL)
@@ -199,16 +199,16 @@ do_window(
 			    (linenr_T)0, GETF_ALT, FALSE);
 		break;
 
-/* open new window */
+// open new window
     case Ctrl_N:
     case 'n':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
 newwindow:
 #endif
 		if (Prenum)
-		    /* window height */
+		    // window height
 		    vim_snprintf((char *)cbuf, sizeof(cbuf) - 5, "%ld", Prenum);
 		else
 		    cbuf[0] = NUL;
@@ -220,32 +220,32 @@ newwindow:
 		do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
 		break;
 
-/* quit current window */
+// quit current window
     case Ctrl_Q:
     case 'q':
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 		cmd_with_count("quit", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
 		do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
 		break;
 
-/* close current window */
+// close current window
     case Ctrl_C:
     case 'c':
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 		cmd_with_count("close", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
 		do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
 		break;
 
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
-/* close preview window */
+// close preview window
     case Ctrl_Z:
     case 'z':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 		do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"pclose");
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to preview window */
+// cursor to preview window
     case 'P':
 		FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
 		    if (wp->w_p_pvw)
@@ -257,26 +257,26 @@ newwindow:
 		break;
 #endif
 
-/* close all but current window */
+// close all but current window
     case Ctrl_O:
     case 'o':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
 		cmd_with_count("only", cbuf, sizeof(cbuf), Prenum);
 		do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to next window with wrap around */
+// cursor to next window with wrap around
     case Ctrl_W:
     case 'w':
-/* cursor to previous window with wrap around */
+// cursor to previous window with wrap around
     case 'W':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		if (ONE_WINDOW && Prenum != 1)	/* just one window */
+		if (ONE_WINDOW && Prenum != 1)	// just one window
 		    beep_flush();
 		else
 		{
-		    if (Prenum)			/* go to specified window */
+		    if (Prenum)			// go to specified window
 		    {
 			for (wp = firstwin; --Prenum > 0; )
 			{
@@ -288,24 +288,24 @@ newwindow:
 		    }
 		    else
 		    {
-			if (nchar == 'W')	    /* go to previous window */
+			if (nchar == 'W')	    // go to previous window
 			{
 			    wp = curwin->w_prev;
 			    if (wp == NULL)
-				wp = lastwin;	    /* wrap around */
+				wp = lastwin;	    // wrap around
 			}
-			else			    /* go to next window */
+			else			    // go to next window
 			{
 			    wp = curwin->w_next;
 			    if (wp == NULL)
-				wp = firstwin;	    /* wrap around */
+				wp = firstwin;	    // wrap around
 			}
 		    }
 		    win_goto(wp);
 		}
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to window below */
+// cursor to window below
     case 'j':
     case K_DOWN:
     case Ctrl_J:
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_goto_ver(FALSE, Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to window above */
+// cursor to window above
     case 'k':
     case K_UP:
     case Ctrl_K:
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_goto_ver(TRUE, Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to left window */
+// cursor to left window
     case 'h':
     case K_LEFT:
     case Ctrl_H:
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_goto_hor(TRUE, Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to right window */
+// cursor to right window
     case 'l':
     case K_RIGHT:
     case Ctrl_L:
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_goto_hor(FALSE, Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* move window to new tab page */
+// move window to new tab page
     case 'T':
 		if (one_window())
 		    msg(_(m_onlyone));
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ newwindow:
 		    tabpage_T	*oldtab = curtab;
 		    tabpage_T	*newtab;
 
-		    /* First create a new tab with the window, then go back to
-		     * the old tab and close the window there. */
+		    // First create a new tab with the window, then go back to
+		    // the old tab and close the window there.
 		    wp = curwin;
 		    if (win_new_tabpage((int)Prenum) == OK
 						     && valid_tabpage(oldtab))
@@ -363,19 +363,19 @@ newwindow:
 		}
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to top-left window */
+// cursor to top-left window
     case 't':
     case Ctrl_T:
 		win_goto(firstwin);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to bottom-right window */
+// cursor to bottom-right window
     case 'b':
     case Ctrl_B:
 		win_goto(lastwin);
 		break;
 
-/* cursor to last accessed (previous) window */
+// cursor to last accessed (previous) window
     case 'p':
     case Ctrl_P:
 		if (!win_valid(prevwin))
@@ -384,29 +384,29 @@ newwindow:
 		    win_goto(prevwin);
 		break;
 
-/* exchange current and next window */
+// exchange current and next window
     case 'x':
     case Ctrl_X:
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
 		win_exchange(Prenum);
 		break;
 
-/* rotate windows downwards */
+// rotate windows downwards
     case Ctrl_R:
     case 'r':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
-		win_rotate(FALSE, (int)Prenum1);    /* downwards */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
+		win_rotate(FALSE, (int)Prenum1);    // downwards
 		break;
 
-/* rotate windows upwards */
+// rotate windows upwards
     case 'R':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
-		win_rotate(TRUE, (int)Prenum1);	    /* upwards */
+		reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
+		win_rotate(TRUE, (int)Prenum1);	    // upwards
 		break;
 
-/* move window to the very top/bottom/left/right */
+// move window to the very top/bottom/left/right
     case 'K':
     case 'J':
     case 'H':
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ newwindow:
 			| ((nchar == 'H' || nchar == 'K') ? WSP_TOP : WSP_BOT));
 		break;
 
-/* make all windows the same height */
+// make all windows the same height
     case '=':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_equal(NULL, FALSE, 'b');
 		break;
 
-/* increase current window height */
+// increase current window height
     case '+':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setheight(curwin->w_height + (int)Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* decrease current window height */
+// decrease current window height
     case '-':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setheight(curwin->w_height - (int)Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* set current window height */
+// set current window height
     case Ctrl__:
     case '_':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setheight(Prenum ? (int)Prenum : 9999);
 		break;
 
-/* increase current window width */
+// increase current window width
     case '>':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setwidth(curwin->w_width + (int)Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* decrease current window width */
+// decrease current window width
     case '<':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setwidth(curwin->w_width - (int)Prenum1);
 		break;
 
-/* set current window width */
+// set current window width
     case '|':
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ newwindow:
 		win_setwidth(Prenum != 0 ? (int)Prenum : 9999);
 		break;
 
-/* jump to tag and split window if tag exists (in preview window) */
+// jump to tag and split window if tag exists (in preview window)
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
     case '}':
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
@@ -483,11 +483,11 @@ newwindow:
 		else
 		    g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh;
 #endif
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		// FALLTHROUGH
     case ']':
     case Ctrl_RSB:
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
-		/* keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag */
+		// keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag
 		if (Prenum)
 		    postponed_split = Prenum;
 		else
@@ -497,13 +497,13 @@ newwindow:
 		    g_do_tagpreview = 0;
 #endif
 
-		/* Execute the command right here, required when "wincmd ]"
-		 * was used in a function. */
+		// Execute the command right here, required when "wincmd ]"
+		// was used in a function.
 		do_nv_ident(Ctrl_RSB, NUL);
 		break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
-/* edit file name under cursor in a new window */
+// edit file name under cursor in a new window
     case 'f':
     case 'F':
     case Ctrl_F:
@@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ wingotofile:
 			if (do_ecmd(0, ptr, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
 						   ECMD_HIDE, NULL) == FAIL)
 			{
-			    /* Failed to open the file, close the window
-			     * opened for it. */
+			    // Failed to open the file, close the window
+			    // opened for it.
 			    win_close(curwin, FALSE);
 			    goto_tabpage_win(oldtab, oldwin);
 			}
@@ -543,14 +543,13 @@ wingotofile:
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
-/* Go to the first occurrence of the identifier under cursor along path in a
- * new window -- webb
- */
-    case 'i':			    /* Go to any match */
+// Go to the first occurrence of the identifier under cursor along path in a
+// new window -- webb
+    case 'i':			    // Go to any match
     case Ctrl_I:
 		type = FIND_ANY;
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-    case 'd':			    /* Go to definition, using 'define' */
+		// FALLTHROUGH
+    case 'd':			    // Go to definition, using 'define'
     case Ctrl_D:
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
 		if ((len = find_ident_under_cursor(&ptr, FIND_IDENT)) == 0)
@@ -562,7 +561,7 @@ wingotofile:
 		break;
 #endif
 
-/* Quickfix window only: view the result under the cursor in a new split. */
+// Quickfix window only: view the result under the cursor in a new split.
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
     case K_KENTER:
     case CAR:
@@ -571,15 +570,15 @@ wingotofile:
 		break;
 #endif
 
-/* CTRL-W g  extended commands */
+// CTRL-W g  extended commands
     case 'g':
     case Ctrl_G:
 		CHECK_CMDWIN;
 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
-		dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
+		dont_scroll = TRUE;		// disallow scrolling here
 #endif
 		++no_mapping;
-		++allow_keys;   /* no mapping for xchar, but allow key codes */
+		++allow_keys;   // no mapping for xchar, but allow key codes
 		if (xchar == NUL)
 		    xchar = plain_vgetc();
 		LANGMAP_ADJUST(xchar, TRUE);
@@ -598,23 +597,23 @@ wingotofile:
 			else
 			    g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh;
 #endif
-			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			// FALLTHROUGH
 		    case ']':
 		    case Ctrl_RSB:
-			/* keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag */
+			// keep Visual mode, can select words to use as a tag
 			if (Prenum)
 			    postponed_split = Prenum;
 			else
 			    postponed_split = -1;
 
-			/* Execute the command right here, required when
-			 * "wincmd g}" was used in a function. */
+			// Execute the command right here, required when
+			// "wincmd g}" was used in a function.
 			do_nv_ident('g', xchar);
 			break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
-		    case 'f':	    /* CTRL-W gf: "gf" in a new tab page */
-		    case 'F':	    /* CTRL-W gF: "gF" in a new tab page */
+		    case 'f':	    // CTRL-W gf: "gf" in a new tab page
+		    case 'F':	    // CTRL-W gF: "gF" in a new tab page
 			cmdmod.tab = tabpage_index(curtab) + 1;
 			nchar = xchar;
 			goto wingotofile;
@@ -788,11 +787,11 @@ win_split(int size, int flags)
     if (ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* When the ":tab" modifier was used open a new tab page instead. */
+    // When the ":tab" modifier was used open a new tab page instead.
     if (may_open_tabpage() == OK)
 	return OK;
 
-    /* Add flags from ":vertical", ":topleft" and ":botright". */
+    // Add flags from ":vertical", ":topleft" and ":botright".
     flags |= cmdmod.split;
     if ((flags & WSP_TOP) && (flags & WSP_BOT))
     {
@@ -802,8 +801,8 @@ win_split(int size, int flags)
     if (check_split_disallowed() == FAIL)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* When creating the help window make a snapshot of the window layout.
-     * Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid. */
+    // When creating the help window make a snapshot of the window layout.
+    // Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid.
     if (flags & WSP_HELP)
 	make_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX);
     else
@@ -848,7 +847,7 @@ win_split_ins(
     else
 	oldwin = curwin;
 
-    /* add a status line when p_ls == 1 and splitting the first window */
+    // add a status line when p_ls == 1 and splitting the first window
     if (ONE_WINDOW && p_ls == 1 && oldwin->w_status_height == 0)
     {
 	if (VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin) <= p_wmh && new_wp == NULL)
@@ -860,7 +859,7 @@ win_split_ins(
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    /* May be needed for the scrollbars that are going to change. */
+    // May be needed for the scrollbars that are going to change.
     if (gui.in_use)
 	out_flush();
 #endif
@@ -876,7 +875,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 	 * Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its
 	 * width.
 	 */
-	/* Current window requires at least 1 space. */
+	// Current window requires at least 1 space.
 	wmw1 = (p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw);
 	needed = wmw1 + 1;
 	if (flags & WSP_ROOM)
@@ -921,18 +920,18 @@ win_split_ins(
 	if (new_size < wmw1)
 	    new_size = wmw1;
 
-	/* if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal() */
+	// if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal()
 	if (oldwin->w_width - new_size - 1 < p_wmw)
 	    do_equal = TRUE;
 
-	/* We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
-	 * 'winfixwidth' window.  Take them from a window to the left or right
-	 * instead, if possible. Add one for the separator. */
+	// We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
+	// 'winfixwidth' window.  Take them from a window to the left or right
+	// instead, if possible. Add one for the separator.
 	if (oldwin->w_p_wfw)
 	    win_setwidth_win(oldwin->w_width + new_size + 1, oldwin);
 
-	/* Only make all windows the same width if one of them (except oldwin)
-	 * is wider than one of the split windows. */
+	// Only make all windows the same width if one of them (except oldwin)
+	// is wider than one of the split windows.
 	if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 && *p_ead != 'v'
 					 && oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL)
 	{
@@ -959,7 +958,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 	 * Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its
 	 * height.
 	 */
-	/* Current window requires at least 1 space. */
+	// Current window requires at least 1 space.
 	wmh1 = (p_wmh == 0 ? 1 : p_wmh) + WINBAR_HEIGHT(curwin);
 	needed = wmh1 + STATUS_HEIGHT;
 	if (flags & WSP_ROOM)
@@ -1010,17 +1009,17 @@ win_split_ins(
 	if (new_size < wmh1)
 	    new_size = wmh1;
 
-	/* if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal() */
+	// if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal()
 	if (oldwin_height - new_size - STATUS_HEIGHT < p_wmh)
 	    do_equal = TRUE;
 
-	/* We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
-	 * 'winfixheight' window.  Take them from a window above or below
-	 * instead, if possible. */
+	// We don't like to take lines for the new window from a
+	// 'winfixheight' window.  Take them from a window above or below
+	// instead, if possible.
 	if (oldwin->w_p_wfh)
 	{
-	    /* Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
-	     * vertical position using the old height. */
+	    // Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
+	    // vertical position using the old height.
 	    set_fraction(oldwin);
 	    did_set_fraction = TRUE;
 
@@ -1031,8 +1030,8 @@ win_split_ins(
 		oldwin_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT;
 	}
 
-	/* Only make all windows the same height if one of them (except oldwin)
-	 * is higher than one of the split windows. */
+	// Only make all windows the same height if one of them (except oldwin)
+	// is higher than one of the split windows.
 	if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 && *p_ead != 'h'
 	   && oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL)
 	{
@@ -1061,7 +1060,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 		|| (!(flags & WSP_ABOVE)
 		    && ( (flags & WSP_VERT) ? p_spr : p_sb))))
     {
-	/* new window below/right of current one */
+	// new window below/right of current one
 	if (new_wp == NULL)
 	    wp = win_alloc(oldwin, FALSE);
 	else
@@ -1087,7 +1086,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 	    return FAIL;
 	}
 
-	/* make the contents of the new window the same as the current one */
+	// make the contents of the new window the same as the current one
 	win_init(wp, curwin, flags);
     }
 
@@ -1122,7 +1121,7 @@ win_split_ins(
     }
     if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL || curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout != layout)
     {
-	/* Need to create a new frame in the tree to make a branch. */
+	// Need to create a new frame in the tree to make a branch.
 	frp = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(frame_T);
 	*frp = *curfrp;
 	curfrp->fr_layout = layout;
@@ -1145,14 +1144,14 @@ win_split_ins(
 	frp = new_wp->w_frame;
     frp->fr_parent = curfrp->fr_parent;
 
-    /* Insert the new frame at the right place in the frame list. */
+    // Insert the new frame at the right place in the frame list.
     if (before)
 	frame_insert(curfrp, frp);
     else
 	frame_append(curfrp, frp);
 
-    /* Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
-     * vertical position. */
+    // Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative
+    // vertical position.
     if (!did_set_fraction)
 	set_fraction(oldwin);
     wp->w_fraction = oldwin->w_fraction;
@@ -1168,7 +1167,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 	}
 	if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
 	{
-	    /* set height and row of new window to full height */
+	    // set height and row of new window to full height
 	    wp->w_winrow = tabline_height();
 	    win_new_height(wp, curfrp->fr_height - (p_ls > 0)
 							  - WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp));
@@ -1176,15 +1175,15 @@ win_split_ins(
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* height and row of new window is same as current window */
+	    // height and row of new window is same as current window
 	    wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow;
 	    win_new_height(wp, VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin));
 	    wp->w_status_height = oldwin->w_status_height;
 	}
 	frp->fr_height = curfrp->fr_height;
 
-	/* "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
-	 * one column for the vertical separator */
+	// "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
+	// one column for the vertical separator
 	win_new_width(wp, new_size);
 	if (before)
 	    wp->w_vsep_width = 1;
@@ -1197,26 +1196,26 @@ win_split_ins(
 	{
 	    if (flags & WSP_BOT)
 		frame_add_vsep(curfrp);
-	    /* Set width of neighbor frame */
+	    // Set width of neighbor frame
 	    frame_new_width(curfrp, curfrp->fr_width
 		     - (new_size + ((flags & WSP_TOP) != 0)), flags & WSP_TOP,
 								       FALSE);
 	}
 	else
 	    win_new_width(oldwin, oldwin->w_width - (new_size + 1));
-	if (before)	/* new window left of current one */
+	if (before)	// new window left of current one
 	{
 	    wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol;
 	    oldwin->w_wincol += new_size + 1;
 	}
-	else		/* new window right of current one */
+	else		// new window right of current one
 	    wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol + oldwin->w_width + 1;
 	frame_fix_width(oldwin);
 	frame_fix_width(wp);
     }
     else
     {
-	/* width and column of new window is same as current window */
+	// width and column of new window is same as current window
 	if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
 	{
 	    wp->w_wincol = 0;
@@ -1231,8 +1230,8 @@ win_split_ins(
 	}
 	frp->fr_width = curfrp->fr_width;
 
-	/* "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
-	 * one row for the status line */
+	// "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use
+	// one row for the status line
 	win_new_height(wp, new_size);
 	if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT))
 	{
@@ -1245,13 +1244,13 @@ win_split_ins(
 	}
 	else
 	    win_new_height(oldwin, oldwin_height - (new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT));
-	if (before)	/* new window above current one */
+	if (before)	// new window above current one
 	{
 	    wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow;
 	    wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
 	    oldwin->w_winrow += wp->w_height + STATUS_HEIGHT;
 	}
-	else		/* new window below current one */
+	else		// new window below current one
 	{
 	    wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow + VISIBLE_HEIGHT(oldwin)
 							       + STATUS_HEIGHT;
@@ -1280,10 +1279,10 @@ win_split_ins(
     {
 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
 	msg_col = sc_col;
-	msg_clr_eos_force();	/* Old command/ruler may still be there */
+	msg_clr_eos_force();	// Old command/ruler may still be there
 	comp_col();
 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
-	msg_col = 0;	/* put position back at start of line */
+	msg_col = 0;	// put position back at start of line
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1294,8 +1293,8 @@ win_split_ins(
 		(flags & WSP_VERT) ? (dir == 'v' ? 'b' : 'h')
 		: dir == 'h' ? 'b' : 'v');
 
-    /* Don't change the window height/width to 'winheight' / 'winwidth' if a
-     * size was given. */
+    // Don't change the window height/width to 'winheight' / 'winwidth' if a
+    // size was given.
     if (flags & WSP_VERT)
     {
 	i = p_wiw;
@@ -1303,7 +1302,7 @@ win_split_ins(
 	    p_wiw = size;
 
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
-	/* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to add scrollbars. */
+	// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to add scrollbars.
 	if (gui.in_use)
 	    gui_init_which_components(NULL);
 # endif
@@ -1316,7 +1315,7 @@ win_split_ins(
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
-    /* Keep same changelist position in new window. */
+    // Keep same changelist position in new window.
     wp->w_changelistidx = oldwin->w_changelistidx;
 #endif
 
@@ -1371,7 +1370,7 @@ win_init(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags UNUSED)
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
     if (flags & WSP_NEWLOC)
     {
-	/* Don't copy the location list.  */
+	// Don't copy the location list.
 	newp->w_llist = NULL;
 	newp->w_llist_ref = NULL;
     }
@@ -1381,7 +1380,7 @@ win_init(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags UNUSED)
     newp->w_localdir = (oldp->w_localdir == NULL)
 				    ? NULL : vim_strsave(oldp->w_localdir);
 
-    /* copy tagstack and folds */
+    // copy tagstack and folds
     for (i = 0; i < oldp->w_tagstacklen; i++)
     {
 	taggy_T	*tag = &newp->w_tagstack[i];
@@ -1411,12 +1410,12 @@ win_init(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags UNUSED)
     static void
 win_init_some(win_T *newp, win_T *oldp)
 {
-    /* Use the same argument list. */
+    // Use the same argument list.
     newp->w_alist = oldp->w_alist;
     ++newp->w_alist->al_refcount;
     newp->w_arg_idx = oldp->w_arg_idx;
 
-    /* copy options from existing window */
+    // copy options from existing window
     win_copy_options(oldp, newp);
 }
 
@@ -1505,21 +1504,21 @@ win_count(void)
     int
 make_windows(
     int		count,
-    int		vertical UNUSED)  /* split windows vertically if TRUE */
+    int		vertical UNUSED)  // split windows vertically if TRUE
 {
     int		maxcount;
     int		todo;
 
     if (vertical)
     {
-	/* Each windows needs at least 'winminwidth' lines and a separator
-	 * column. */
+	// Each windows needs at least 'winminwidth' lines and a separator
+	// column.
 	maxcount = (curwin->w_width + curwin->w_vsep_width
 					     - (p_wiw - p_wmw)) / (p_wmw + 1);
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Each window needs at least 'winminheight' lines and a status line. */
+	// Each window needs at least 'winminheight' lines and a status line.
 	maxcount = (VISIBLE_HEIGHT(curwin) + curwin->w_status_height
 				  - (p_wh - p_wmh)) / (p_wmh + STATUS_HEIGHT);
     }
@@ -1541,7 +1540,7 @@ make_windows(
      */
     block_autocmds();
 
-    /* todo is number of windows left to create */
+    // todo is number of windows left to create
     for (todo = count - 1; todo > 0; --todo)
 	if (vertical)
 	{
@@ -1559,7 +1558,7 @@ make_windows(
 
     unblock_autocmds();
 
-    /* return actual number of windows */
+    // return actual number of windows
     return (count - todo);
 }
 
@@ -1596,13 +1595,13 @@ win_exchange(long Prenum)
 	while (frp != NULL && --Prenum > 0)
 	    frp = frp->fr_next;
     }
-    else if (curwin->w_frame->fr_next != NULL)	/* Swap with next */
+    else if (curwin->w_frame->fr_next != NULL)	// Swap with next
 	frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_next;
-    else    /* Swap last window in row/col with previous */
+    else    // Swap last window in row/col with previous
 	frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_prev;
 
-    /* We can only exchange a window with another window, not with a frame
-     * containing windows. */
+    // We can only exchange a window with another window, not with a frame
+    // containing windows.
     if (frp == NULL || frp->fr_win == NULL || frp->fr_win == curwin)
 	return;
     wp = frp->fr_win;
@@ -1641,8 +1640,8 @@ win_exchange(long Prenum)
     curwin->w_vsep_width = wp->w_vsep_width;
     wp->w_vsep_width = temp;
 
-    /* If the windows are not in the same frame, exchange the sizes to avoid
-     * messing up the window layout.  Otherwise fix the frame sizes. */
+    // If the windows are not in the same frame, exchange the sizes to avoid
+    // messing up the window layout.  Otherwise fix the frame sizes.
     if (curwin->w_frame->fr_parent != wp->w_frame->fr_parent)
     {
 	temp = curwin->w_height;
@@ -1660,7 +1659,7 @@ win_exchange(long Prenum)
 	frame_fix_width(wp);
     }
 
-    (void)win_comp_pos();		/* recompute window positions */
+    (void)win_comp_pos();		// recompute window positions
 
     win_enter(wp, TRUE);
     redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
@@ -1678,7 +1677,7 @@ win_rotate(int upwards, int count)
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		n;
 
-    if (ONE_WINDOW)		/* nothing to do */
+    if (ONE_WINDOW)		// nothing to do
     {
 	beep_flush();
 	return;
@@ -1688,7 +1687,7 @@ win_rotate(int upwards, int count)
     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
 #endif
 
-    /* Check if all frames in this row/col have one window. */
+    // Check if all frames in this row/col have one window.
     FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child)
 	if (frp->fr_win == NULL)
 	{
@@ -1698,39 +1697,39 @@ win_rotate(int upwards, int count)
 
     while (count--)
     {
-	if (upwards)		/* first window becomes last window */
+	if (upwards)		// first window becomes last window
 	{
-	    /* remove first window/frame from the list */
+	    // remove first window/frame from the list
 	    frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child;
 	    wp1 = frp->fr_win;
 	    win_remove(wp1, NULL);
 	    frame_remove(frp);
 
-	    /* find last frame and append removed window/frame after it */
+	    // find last frame and append removed window/frame after it
 	    for ( ; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
 		;
 	    win_append(frp->fr_win, wp1);
 	    frame_append(frp, wp1->w_frame);
 
-	    wp2 = frp->fr_win;		/* previously last window */
+	    wp2 = frp->fr_win;		// previously last window
 	}
-	else			/* last window becomes first window */
+	else			// last window becomes first window
 	{
-	    /* find last window/frame in the list and remove it */
+	    // find last window/frame in the list and remove it
 	    for (frp = curwin->w_frame; frp->fr_next != NULL;
 							   frp = frp->fr_next)
 		;
 	    wp1 = frp->fr_win;
-	    wp2 = wp1->w_prev;		    /* will become last window */
+	    wp2 = wp1->w_prev;		    // will become last window
 	    win_remove(wp1, NULL);
 	    frame_remove(frp);
 
-	    /* append the removed window/frame before the first in the list */
+	    // append the removed window/frame before the first in the list
 	    win_append(frp->fr_parent->fr_child->fr_win->w_prev, wp1);
 	    frame_insert(frp->fr_parent->fr_child, frp);
 	}
 
-	/* exchange status height and vsep width of old and new last window */
+	// exchange status height and vsep width of old and new last window
 	n = wp2->w_status_height;
 	wp2->w_status_height = wp1->w_status_height;
 	wp1->w_status_height = n;
@@ -1742,7 +1741,7 @@ win_rotate(int upwards, int count)
 	frame_fix_width(wp1);
 	frame_fix_width(wp2);
 
-	/* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol for all windows */
+	// recompute w_winrow and w_wincol for all windows
 	(void)win_comp_pos();
     }
 
@@ -1766,13 +1765,13 @@ win_totop(int size, int flags)
     if (check_split_disallowed() == FAIL)
 	return;
 
-    /* Remove the window and frame from the tree of frames. */
+    // Remove the window and frame from the tree of frames.
     (void)winframe_remove(curwin, &dir, NULL);
     win_remove(curwin, NULL);
-    last_status(FALSE);	    /* may need to remove last status line */
-    (void)win_comp_pos();   /* recompute window positions */
+    last_status(FALSE);	    // may need to remove last status line
+    (void)win_comp_pos();   // recompute window positions
 
-    /* Split a window on the desired side and put the window there. */
+    // Split a window on the desired side and put the window there.
     (void)win_split_ins(size, flags, curwin, dir);
     if (!(flags & WSP_VERT))
     {
@@ -1782,8 +1781,8 @@ win_totop(int size, int flags)
     }
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
-     * scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway. */
+    // When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
+    // scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway.
     gui_may_update_scrollbars();
 #endif
 }
@@ -1797,11 +1796,11 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
 {
     int		height;
 
-    /* check if the arguments are reasonable */
+    // check if the arguments are reasonable
     if (win1 == win2)
 	return;
 
-    /* check if there is something to do */
+    // check if there is something to do
     if (win2->w_next != win1)
     {
 	if (win1->w_frame->fr_parent != win2->w_frame->fr_parent)
@@ -1810,8 +1809,8 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
 	    return;
 	}
 
-	/* may need move the status line/vertical separator of the last window
-	 * */
+	// may need move the status line/vertical separator of the last window
+	//
 	if (win1 == lastwin)
 	{
 	    height = win1->w_prev->w_status_height;
@@ -1819,8 +1818,8 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
 	    win1->w_status_height = height;
 	    if (win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width == 1)
 	    {
-		/* Remove the vertical separator from the last-but-one window,
-		 * add it to the last window.  Adjust the frame widths. */
+		// Remove the vertical separator from the last-but-one window,
+		// add it to the last window.  Adjust the frame widths.
 		win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width = 0;
 		win1->w_prev->w_frame->fr_width -= 1;
 		win1->w_vsep_width = 1;
@@ -1834,8 +1833,8 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
 	    win2->w_status_height = height;
 	    if (win1->w_vsep_width == 1)
 	    {
-		/* Remove the vertical separator from win1, add it to the last
-		 * window, win2.  Adjust the frame widths. */
+		// Remove the vertical separator from win1, add it to the last
+		// window, win2.  Adjust the frame widths.
 		win2->w_vsep_width = 1;
 		win2->w_frame->fr_width += 1;
 		win1->w_vsep_width = 0;
@@ -1847,7 +1846,7 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
 	win_append(win2, win1);
 	frame_append(win2->w_frame, win1->w_frame);
 
-	(void)win_comp_pos();	/* recompute w_winrow for all windows */
+	(void)win_comp_pos();	// recompute w_winrow for all windows
 	redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
     }
     win_enter(win1, FALSE);
@@ -1860,10 +1859,10 @@ win_move_after(win_T *win1, win_T *win2)
  */
     void
 win_equal(
-    win_T	*next_curwin,	/* pointer to current window to be or NULL */
-    int		current,	/* do only frame with current window */
-    int		dir)		/* 'v' for vertically, 'h' for horizontally,
-				   'b' for both, 0 for using p_ead */
+    win_T	*next_curwin,	// pointer to current window to be or NULL
+    int		current,	// do only frame with current window
+    int		dir)		// 'v' for vertically, 'h' for horizontally,
+				// 'b' for both, 0 for using p_ead
 {
     if (dir == 0)
 	dir = *p_ead;
@@ -1880,14 +1879,14 @@ win_equal(
  */
     static void
 win_equal_rec(
-    win_T	*next_curwin,	/* pointer to current window to be or NULL */
-    int		current,	/* do only frame with current window */
-    frame_T	*topfr,		/* frame to set size off */
-    int		dir,		/* 'v', 'h' or 'b', see win_equal() */
-    int		col,		/* horizontal position for frame */
-    int		row,		/* vertical position for frame */
-    int		width,		/* new width of frame */
-    int		height)		/* new height of frame */
+    win_T	*next_curwin,	// pointer to current window to be or NULL
+    int		current,	// do only frame with current window
+    frame_T	*topfr,		// frame to set size off
+    int		dir,		// 'v', 'h' or 'b', see win_equal()
+    int		col,		// horizontal position for frame
+    int		row,		// vertical position for frame
+    int		width,		// new width of frame
+    int		height)		// new height of frame
 {
     int		n, m;
     int		extra_sep = 0;
@@ -1901,8 +1900,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 
     if (topfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
     {
-	/* Set the width/height of this frame.
-	 * Redraw when size or position changes */
+	// Set the width/height of this frame.
+	// Redraw when size or position changes
 	if (topfr->fr_height != height || topfr->fr_win->w_winrow != row
 		|| topfr->fr_width != width || topfr->fr_win->w_wincol != col
 	   )
@@ -1919,12 +1918,12 @@ win_equal_rec(
 	topfr->fr_width = width;
 	topfr->fr_height = height;
 
-	if (dir != 'v')			/* equalize frame widths */
+	if (dir != 'v')			// equalize frame widths
 	{
-	    /* Compute the maximum number of windows horizontally in this
-	     * frame. */
+	    // Compute the maximum number of windows horizontally in this
+	    // frame.
 	    n = frame_minwidth(topfr, NOWIN);
-	    /* add one for the rightmost window, it doesn't have a separator */
+	    // add one for the rightmost window, it doesn't have a separator
 	    if (col + width == Columns)
 		extra_sep = 1;
 	    else
@@ -1949,9 +1948,9 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		next_curwin_size = -1;
 		FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
 		{
-		    /* If 'winfixwidth' set keep the window width if
-		     * possible.
-		     * Watch out for this window being the next_curwin. */
+		    // If 'winfixwidth' set keep the window width if
+		    // possible.
+		    // Watch out for this window being the next_curwin.
 		    if (frame_fixed_width(fr))
 		    {
 			n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN);
@@ -1964,7 +1963,7 @@ win_equal_rec(
 				new_size = p_wiw;
 			}
 			else
-			    /* These windows don't use up room. */
+			    // These windows don't use up room.
 			    totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL
 					      ? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmw + 1);
 			room -= new_size - n;
@@ -1984,8 +1983,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 			    && (room + (totwincount - 2))
 						  / (totwincount - 1) > p_wiw)
 		    {
-			/* Can make all windows wider than 'winwidth', spread
-			 * the room equally. */
+			// Can make all windows wider than 'winwidth', spread
+			// the room equally.
 			next_curwin_size = (room + p_wiw
 					    + (totwincount - 1) * p_wmw
 					    + (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount;
@@ -1997,25 +1996,25 @@ win_equal_rec(
 	    }
 
 	    if (has_next_curwin)
-		--totwincount;		/* don't count curwin */
+		--totwincount;		// don't count curwin
 	}
 
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
 	{
 	    wincount = 1;
 	    if (fr->fr_next == NULL)
-		/* last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error) */
+		// last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error)
 		new_size = width;
 	    else if (dir == 'v')
 		new_size = fr->fr_width;
 	    else if (frame_fixed_width(fr))
 	    {
 		new_size = fr->fr_newwidth;
-		wincount = 0;	    /* doesn't count as a sizeable window */
+		wincount = 0;	    // doesn't count as a sizeable window
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Compute the maximum number of windows horiz. in "fr". */
+		// Compute the maximum number of windows horiz. in "fr".
 		n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN);
 		wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0))
 								/ (p_wmw + 1);
@@ -2024,14 +2023,14 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		    hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin);
 		else
 		    hnc = FALSE;
-		if (hnc)	    /* don't count next_curwin */
+		if (hnc)	    // don't count next_curwin
 		    --wincount;
 		if (totwincount == 0)
 		    new_size = room;
 		else
 		    new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1))
 								/ totwincount;
-		if (hnc)	    /* add next_curwin size */
+		if (hnc)	    // add next_curwin size
 		{
 		    next_curwin_size -= p_wiw - (m - n);
 		    new_size += next_curwin_size;
@@ -2042,8 +2041,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		new_size += n;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
-	     * window, unless equalizing all frames. */
+	    // Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
+	    // window, unless equalizing all frames.
 	    if (!current || dir != 'v' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL
 		    || (new_size != fr->fr_width)
 		    || frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
@@ -2054,16 +2053,16 @@ win_equal_rec(
 	    totwincount -= wincount;
 	}
     }
-    else /* topfr->fr_layout == FR_COL */
+    else // topfr->fr_layout == FR_COL
     {
 	topfr->fr_width = width;
 	topfr->fr_height = height;
 
-	if (dir != 'h')			/* equalize frame heights */
+	if (dir != 'h')			// equalize frame heights
 	{
-	    /* Compute maximum number of windows vertically in this frame. */
+	    // Compute maximum number of windows vertically in this frame.
 	    n = frame_minheight(topfr, NOWIN);
-	    /* add one for the bottom window if it doesn't have a statusline */
+	    // add one for the bottom window if it doesn't have a statusline
 	    if (row + height == cmdline_row && p_ls == 0)
 		extra_sep = 1;
 	    else
@@ -2080,8 +2079,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 	    room = height - m;
 	    if (room < 0)
 	    {
-		/* The room is less then 'winheight', use all space for the
-		 * current window. */
+		// The room is less then 'winheight', use all space for the
+		// current window.
 		next_curwin_size = p_wh + room;
 		room = 0;
 	    }
@@ -2090,9 +2089,9 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		next_curwin_size = -1;
 		FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
 		{
-		    /* If 'winfixheight' set keep the window height if
-		     * possible.
-		     * Watch out for this window being the next_curwin. */
+		    // If 'winfixheight' set keep the window height if
+		    // possible.
+		    // Watch out for this window being the next_curwin.
 		    if (frame_fixed_height(fr))
 		    {
 			n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN);
@@ -2105,7 +2104,7 @@ win_equal_rec(
 				new_size = p_wh;
 			}
 			else
-			    /* These windows don't use up room. */
+			    // These windows don't use up room.
 			    totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL
 					      ? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmh + 1);
 			room -= new_size - n;
@@ -2125,8 +2124,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 			    && (room + (totwincount - 2))
 						   / (totwincount - 1) > p_wh)
 		    {
-			/* can make all windows higher than 'winheight',
-			 * spread the room equally. */
+			// can make all windows higher than 'winheight',
+			// spread the room equally.
 			next_curwin_size = (room + p_wh
 					   + (totwincount - 1) * p_wmh
 					   + (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount;
@@ -2138,25 +2137,25 @@ win_equal_rec(
 	    }
 
 	    if (has_next_curwin)
-		--totwincount;		/* don't count curwin */
+		--totwincount;		// don't count curwin
 	}
 
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, topfr->fr_child)
 	{
 	    wincount = 1;
 	    if (fr->fr_next == NULL)
-		/* last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error) */
+		// last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error)
 		new_size = height;
 	    else if (dir == 'h')
 		new_size = fr->fr_height;
 	    else if (frame_fixed_height(fr))
 	    {
 		new_size = fr->fr_newheight;
-		wincount = 0;	    /* doesn't count as a sizeable window */
+		wincount = 0;	    // doesn't count as a sizeable window
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Compute the maximum number of windows vert. in "fr". */
+		// Compute the maximum number of windows vert. in "fr".
 		n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN);
 		wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0))
 								/ (p_wmh + 1);
@@ -2165,14 +2164,14 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		    hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin);
 		else
 		    hnc = FALSE;
-		if (hnc)	    /* don't count next_curwin */
+		if (hnc)	    // don't count next_curwin
 		    --wincount;
 		if (totwincount == 0)
 		    new_size = room;
 		else
 		    new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1))
 								/ totwincount;
-		if (hnc)	    /* add next_curwin size */
+		if (hnc)	    // add next_curwin size
 		{
 		    next_curwin_size -= p_wh - (m - n);
 		    new_size += next_curwin_size;
@@ -2182,8 +2181,8 @@ win_equal_rec(
 		    room -= new_size;
 		new_size += n;
 	    }
-	    /* Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
-	     * window, unless equalizing all frames. */
+	    // Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a
+	    // window, unless equalizing all frames.
 	    if (!current || dir != 'h' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL
 		    || (new_size != fr->fr_height)
 		    || frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin))
@@ -2208,7 +2207,7 @@ leaving_window(win_T *win)
     // it when entering that window again.
     win->w_buffer->b_prompt_insert = restart_edit;
     if (restart_edit != 0 && mode_displayed)
-	clear_cmdline = TRUE;		/* unshow mode later */
+	clear_cmdline = TRUE;		// unshow mode later
     restart_edit = NUL;
 
     // When leaving the window (or closing the window) was done from a
@@ -2246,7 +2245,7 @@ entering_window(win_T *win)
     void
 close_windows(
     buf_T	*buf,
-    int		keep_curwin)	    /* don't close "curwin" */
+    int		keep_curwin)	    // don't close "curwin"
 {
     win_T	*wp;
     tabpage_T   *tp, *nexttp;
@@ -2261,18 +2260,18 @@ close_windows(
 		&& !(wp->w_closing || wp->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
 	{
 	    if (win_close(wp, FALSE) == FAIL)
-		/* If closing the window fails give up, to avoid looping
-		 * forever. */
+		// If closing the window fails give up, to avoid looping
+		// forever.
 		break;
 
-	    /* Start all over, autocommands may change the window layout. */
+	    // Start all over, autocommands may change the window layout.
 	    wp = firstwin;
 	}
 	else
 	    wp = wp->w_next;
     }
 
-    /* Also check windows in other tab pages. */
+    // Also check windows in other tab pages.
     for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = nexttp)
     {
 	nexttp = tp->tp_next;
@@ -2283,8 +2282,8 @@ close_windows(
 		{
 		    win_close_othertab(wp, FALSE, tp);
 
-		    /* Start all over, the tab page may be closed and
-		     * autocommands may change the window layout. */
+		    // Start all over, the tab page may be closed and
+		    // autocommands may change the window layout.
 		    nexttp = first_tabpage;
 		    break;
 		}
@@ -2358,8 +2357,8 @@ close_last_window_tabpage(
 	goto_tabpage_tp(alt_tabpage(), FALSE, TRUE);
 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
 
-	/* Safety check: Autocommands may have closed the window when jumping
-	 * to the other tab page. */
+	// Safety check: Autocommands may have closed the window when jumping
+	// to the other tab page.
 	if (valid_tabpage(prev_curtab) && prev_curtab->tp_firstwin == win)
 	{
 	    int	    h = tabline_height();
@@ -2371,8 +2370,8 @@ close_last_window_tabpage(
 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
 	entering_window(curwin);
 #endif
-	/* Since goto_tabpage_tp above did not trigger *Enter autocommands, do
-	 * that now. */
+	// Since goto_tabpage_tp above did not trigger *Enter autocommands, do
+	// that now.
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABCLOSED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
@@ -2453,7 +2452,7 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 
     if (win->w_closing || (win->w_buffer != NULL
 					       && win->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
-	return FAIL; /* window is already being closed */
+	return FAIL; // window is already being closed
     if (win_unlisted(win))
     {
 	emsg(_("E813: Cannot close autocmd or popup window"));
@@ -2465,14 +2464,14 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 	return FAIL;
     }
 
-    /* When closing the last window in a tab page first go to another tab page
-     * and then close the window and the tab page to avoid that curwin and
-     * curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory. */
+    // When closing the last window in a tab page first go to another tab page
+    // and then close the window and the tab page to avoid that curwin and
+    // curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory.
     if (close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab))
       return FAIL;
 
-    /* When closing the help window, try restoring a snapshot after closing
-     * the window.  Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid. */
+    // When closing the help window, try restoring a snapshot after closing
+    // the window.  Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid.
     if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
 	help_window = TRUE;
     else
@@ -2512,7 +2511,7 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 	if (last_window())
 	    return FAIL;
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-	/* autocmds may abort script processing */
+	// autocmds may abort script processing
 	if (aborting())
 	    return FAIL;
 #endif
@@ -2535,24 +2534,24 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 	    && (last_window() || curtab != prev_curtab
 		|| close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab)))
     {
-	/* Autocommands have closed all windows, quit now.  Restore
-	 * curwin->w_buffer, otherwise writing viminfo may fail. */
+	// Autocommands have closed all windows, quit now.  Restore
+	// curwin->w_buffer, otherwise writing viminfo may fail.
 	if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL)
 	    curwin->w_buffer = curbuf;
 	getout(0);
     }
 
-    /* Autocommands may have moved to another tab page. */
+    // Autocommands may have moved to another tab page.
     if (curtab != prev_curtab && win_valid_any_tab(win)
 						      && win->w_buffer == NULL)
     {
-	/* Need to close the window anyway, since the buffer is NULL. */
+	// Need to close the window anyway, since the buffer is NULL.
 	win_close_othertab(win, FALSE, prev_curtab);
 	return FAIL;
     }
 
-    /* Autocommands may have closed the window already or closed the only
-     * other window. */
+    // Autocommands may have closed the window already or closed the only
+    // other window.
     if (!win_valid(win) || last_window()
 	    || close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab))
 	return FAIL;
@@ -2561,13 +2560,13 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
     // to split a window to avoid trouble.
     ++split_disallowed;
 
-    /* Free the memory used for the window and get the window that received
-     * the screen space. */
+    // Free the memory used for the window and get the window that received
+    // the screen space.
     wp = win_free_mem(win, &dir, NULL);
 
-    /* Make sure curwin isn't invalid.  It can cause severe trouble when
-     * printing an error message.  For win_equal() curbuf needs to be valid
-     * too. */
+    // Make sure curwin isn't invalid.  It can cause severe trouble when
+    // printing an error message.  For win_equal() curbuf needs to be valid
+    // too.
     if (win == curwin)
     {
 	curwin = wp;
@@ -2597,13 +2596,13 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 	curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
 	close_curwin = TRUE;
 
-	/* The cursor position may be invalid if the buffer changed after last
-	 * using the window. */
+	// The cursor position may be invalid if the buffer changed after last
+	// using the window.
 	check_cursor();
     }
     if (p_ea && (*p_ead == 'b' || *p_ead == dir))
-	/* If the frame of the closed window contains the new current window,
-	 * only resize that frame.  Otherwise resize all windows. */
+	// If the frame of the closed window contains the new current window,
+	// only resize that frame.  Otherwise resize all windows.
 	win_equal(curwin, curwin->w_frame->fr_parent == win_frame, dir);
     else
 	win_comp_pos();
@@ -2611,7 +2610,7 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
     {
 	win_enter_ext(wp, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE);
 	if (other_buffer)
-	    /* careful: after this wp and win may be invalid! */
+	    // careful: after this wp and win may be invalid!
 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
     }
 
@@ -2623,8 +2622,8 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
      */
     last_status(FALSE);
 
-    /* After closing the help window, try restoring the window layout from
-     * before it was opened. */
+    // After closing the help window, try restoring the window layout from
+    // before it was opened.
     if (help_window)
 	restore_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX, close_curwin);
 
@@ -2646,7 +2645,7 @@ win_close(win_T *win, int free_buf)
 #endif
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove scrollbars. */
+    // When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove scrollbars.
     if (gui.in_use && !win_hasvertsplit())
 	gui_init_which_components(NULL);
 #endif
@@ -2670,30 +2669,30 @@ win_close_othertab(win_T *win, int free_buf, tabpage_T *tp)
     tabpage_T   *ptp = NULL;
     int		free_tp = FALSE;
 
-    /* Get here with win->w_buffer == NULL when win_close() detects the tab
-     * page changed. */
+    // Get here with win->w_buffer == NULL when win_close() detects the tab
+    // page changed.
     if (win->w_closing || (win->w_buffer != NULL
 					       && win->w_buffer->b_locked > 0))
-	return; /* window is already being closed */
+	return; // window is already being closed
 
     if (win->w_buffer != NULL)
-	/* Close the link to the buffer. */
+	// Close the link to the buffer.
 	close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, free_buf ? DOBUF_UNLOAD : 0, FALSE);
 
-    /* Careful: Autocommands may have closed the tab page or made it the
-     * current tab page.  */
+    // Careful: Autocommands may have closed the tab page or made it the
+    // current tab page.
     for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp != tp; ptp = ptp->tp_next)
 	;
     if (ptp == NULL || tp == curtab)
 	return;
 
-    /* Autocommands may have closed the window already. */
+    // Autocommands may have closed the window already.
     for (wp = tp->tp_firstwin; wp != NULL && wp != win; wp = wp->w_next)
 	;
     if (wp == NULL)
 	return;
 
-    /* When closing the last window in a tab page remove the tab page. */
+    // When closing the last window in a tab page remove the tab page.
     if (tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin)
     {
 	if (tp == first_tabpage)
@@ -2713,7 +2712,7 @@ win_close_othertab(win_T *win, int free_buf, tabpage_T *tp)
 	free_tp = TRUE;
     }
 
-    /* Free the memory used for the window. */
+    // Free the memory used for the window.
     win_free_mem(win, &dir, tp);
 
     if (free_tp)
@@ -2727,20 +2726,20 @@ win_close_othertab(win_T *win, int free_buf, tabpage_T *tp)
     static win_T *
 win_free_mem(
     win_T	*win,
-    int		*dirp,		/* set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea' */
-    tabpage_T	*tp)		/* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */
+    int		*dirp,		// set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea'
+    tabpage_T	*tp)		// tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
 {
     frame_T	*frp;
     win_T	*wp;
 
-    /* Remove the window and its frame from the tree of frames. */
+    // Remove the window and its frame from the tree of frames.
     frp = win->w_frame;
     wp = winframe_remove(win, dirp, tp);
     vim_free(frp);
     win_free(win, tp);
 
-    /* When deleting the current window of another tab page select a new
-     * current window. */
+    // When deleting the current window of another tab page select a new
+    // current window.
     if (tp != NULL && win == tp->tp_curwin)
 	tp->tp_curwin = wp;
 
@@ -2768,8 +2767,8 @@ win_free_all(void)
     while (firstwin != NULL)
 	(void)win_free_mem(firstwin, &dummy, NULL);
 
-    /* No window should be used after this. Set curwin to NULL to crash
-     * instead of using freed memory. */
+    // No window should be used after this. Set curwin to NULL to crash
+    // instead of using freed memory.
     curwin = NULL;
 }
 #endif
@@ -2781,8 +2780,8 @@ win_free_all(void)
     win_T *
 winframe_remove(
     win_T	*win,
-    int		*dirp UNUSED,	/* set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea' */
-    tabpage_T	*tp)		/* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */
+    int		*dirp UNUSED,	// set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea'
+    tabpage_T	*tp)		// tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
 {
     frame_T	*frp, *frp2, *frp3;
     frame_T	*frp_close = win->w_frame;
@@ -2800,14 +2799,14 @@ winframe_remove(
     frp2 = win_altframe(win, tp);
     wp = frame2win(frp2);
 
-    /* Remove this frame from the list of frames. */
+    // Remove this frame from the list of frames.
     frame_remove(frp_close);
 
     if (frp_close->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
     {
-	/* When 'winfixheight' is set, try to find another frame in the column
-	 * (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the height
-	 * to. */
+	// When 'winfixheight' is set, try to find another frame in the column
+	// (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the height
+	// to.
 	if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
 	{
 	    frp = frp_close->fr_prev;
@@ -2842,9 +2841,9 @@ winframe_remove(
     }
     else
     {
-	/* When 'winfixwidth' is set, try to find another frame in the column
-	 * (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the width
-	 * to. */
+	// When 'winfixwidth' is set, try to find another frame in the column
+	// (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the width
+	// to.
 	if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfw)
 	{
 	    frp = frp_close->fr_prev;
@@ -2878,8 +2877,8 @@ winframe_remove(
 	*dirp = 'h';
     }
 
-    /* If rows/columns go to a window below/right its positions need to be
-     * updated.  Can only be done after the sizes have been updated. */
+    // If rows/columns go to a window below/right its positions need to be
+    // updated.  Can only be done after the sizes have been updated.
     if (frp2 == frp_close->fr_next)
     {
 	int row = win->w_winrow;
@@ -2890,8 +2889,8 @@ winframe_remove(
 
     if (frp2->fr_next == NULL && frp2->fr_prev == NULL)
     {
-	/* There is no other frame in this list, move its info to the parent
-	 * and remove it. */
+	// There is no other frame in this list, move its info to the parent
+	// and remove it.
 	frp2->fr_parent->fr_layout = frp2->fr_layout;
 	frp2->fr_parent->fr_child = frp2->fr_child;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp2->fr_child)
@@ -2907,8 +2906,8 @@ winframe_remove(
 	frp2 = frp->fr_parent;
 	if (frp2 != NULL && frp2->fr_layout == frp->fr_layout)
 	{
-	    /* The frame above the parent has the same layout, have to merge
-	     * the frames into this list. */
+	    // The frame above the parent has the same layout, have to merge
+	    // the frames into this list.
 	    if (frp2->fr_child == frp)
 		frp2->fr_child = frp->fr_child;
 	    frp->fr_child->fr_prev = frp->fr_prev;
@@ -2947,7 +2946,7 @@ winframe_remove(
     static frame_T *
 win_altframe(
     win_T	*win,
-    tabpage_T	*tp)		/* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */
+    tabpage_T	*tp)		// tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
 {
     frame_T	*frp;
     frame_T	*other_fr, *target_fr;
@@ -2970,8 +2969,8 @@ win_altframe(
 	other_fr  = frp->fr_next;
     }
 
-    /* If 'wfh' or 'wfw' is set for the target and not for the alternate
-     * window, reverse the selection. */
+    // If 'wfh' or 'wfw' is set for the target and not for the alternate
+    // window, reverse the selection.
     if (frp->fr_parent != NULL && frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
 	if (frame_fixed_width(target_fr) && !frame_fixed_width(other_fr))
@@ -2994,11 +2993,11 @@ alt_tabpage(void)
 {
     tabpage_T	*tp;
 
-    /* Use the next tab page if possible. */
+    // Use the next tab page if possible.
     if (curtab->tp_next != NULL)
 	return curtab->tp_next;
 
-    /* Find the last but one tab page. */
+    // Find the last but one tab page.
     for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != curtab; tp = tp->tp_next)
 	;
     return tp;
@@ -3040,9 +3039,9 @@ frame_has_win(frame_T *frp, win_T *wp)
 frame_new_height(
     frame_T	*topfrp,
     int		height,
-    int		topfirst,	/* resize topmost contained frame first */
-    int		wfh)		/* obey 'winfixheight' when there is a choice;
-				   may cause the height not to be set */
+    int		topfirst,	// resize topmost contained frame first
+    int		wfh)		// obey 'winfixheight' when there is a choice;
+				// may cause the height not to be set
 {
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		extra_lines;
@@ -3050,7 +3049,7 @@ frame_new_height(
 
     if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL)
     {
-	/* Simple case: just one window. */
+	// Simple case: just one window.
 	win_new_height(topfrp->fr_win,
 				    height - topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height
 					      - WINBAR_HEIGHT(topfrp->fr_win));
@@ -3059,13 +3058,13 @@ frame_new_height(
     {
 	do
 	{
-	    /* All frames in this row get the same new height. */
+	    // All frames in this row get the same new height.
 	    FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	    {
 		frame_new_height(frp, height, topfirst, wfh);
 		if (frp->fr_height > height)
 		{
-		    /* Could not fit the windows, make the whole row higher. */
+		    // Could not fit the windows, make the whole row higher.
 		    height = frp->fr_height;
 		    break;
 		}
@@ -3073,27 +3072,27 @@ frame_new_height(
 	}
 	while (frp != NULL);
     }
-    else    /* fr_layout == FR_COL */
+    else    // fr_layout == FR_COL
     {
-	/* Complicated case: Resize a column of frames.  Resize the bottom
-	 * frame first, frames above that when needed. */
+	// Complicated case: Resize a column of frames.  Resize the bottom
+	// frame first, frames above that when needed.
 
 	frp = topfrp->fr_child;
 	if (wfh)
-	    /* Advance past frames with one window with 'wfh' set. */
+	    // Advance past frames with one window with 'wfh' set.
 	    while (frame_fixed_height(frp))
 	    {
 		frp = frp->fr_next;
 		if (frp == NULL)
-		    return;	    /* no frame without 'wfh', give up */
+		    return;	    // no frame without 'wfh', give up
 	    }
 	if (!topfirst)
 	{
-	    /* Find the bottom frame of this column */
+	    // Find the bottom frame of this column
 	    while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
 		frp = frp->fr_next;
 	    if (wfh)
-		/* Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfh' set. */
+		// Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfh' set.
 		while (frame_fixed_height(frp))
 		    frp = frp->fr_prev;
 	}
@@ -3101,7 +3100,7 @@ frame_new_height(
 	extra_lines = height - topfrp->fr_height;
 	if (extra_lines < 0)
 	{
-	    /* reduce height of contained frames, bottom or top frame first */
+	    // reduce height of contained frames, bottom or top frame first
 	    while (frp != NULL)
 	    {
 		h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
@@ -3128,14 +3127,14 @@ frame_new_height(
 			frp = frp->fr_prev;
 		    while (wfh && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_height(frp));
 		}
-		/* Increase "height" if we could not reduce enough frames. */
+		// Increase "height" if we could not reduce enough frames.
 		if (frp == NULL)
 		    height -= extra_lines;
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (extra_lines > 0)
 	{
-	    /* increase height of bottom or top frame */
+	    // increase height of bottom or top frame
 	    frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + extra_lines, topfirst, wfh);
 	}
     }
@@ -3149,22 +3148,22 @@ frame_new_height(
     static int
 frame_fixed_height(frame_T *frp)
 {
-    /* frame with one window: fixed height if 'winfixheight' set. */
+    // frame with one window: fixed height if 'winfixheight' set.
     if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
 	return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh;
 
     if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
-	/* The frame is fixed height if one of the frames in the row is fixed
-	 * height. */
+	// The frame is fixed height if one of the frames in the row is fixed
+	// height.
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	    if (frame_fixed_height(frp))
 		return TRUE;
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL: The frame is fixed height if all of the
-     * frames in the row are fixed height. */
+    // frp->fr_layout == FR_COL: The frame is fixed height if all of the
+    // frames in the row are fixed height.
     FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	if (!frame_fixed_height(frp))
 	    return FALSE;
@@ -3178,22 +3177,22 @@ frame_fixed_height(frame_T *frp)
     static int
 frame_fixed_width(frame_T *frp)
 {
-    /* frame with one window: fixed width if 'winfixwidth' set. */
+    // frame with one window: fixed width if 'winfixwidth' set.
     if (frp->fr_win != NULL)
 	return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw;
 
     if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
     {
-	/* The frame is fixed width if one of the frames in the row is fixed
-	 * width. */
+	// The frame is fixed width if one of the frames in the row is fixed
+	// width.
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	    if (frame_fixed_width(frp))
 		return TRUE;
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    /* frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW: The frame is fixed width if all of the
-     * frames in the row are fixed width. */
+    // frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW: The frame is fixed width if all of the
+    // frames in the row are fixed width.
     FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	if (!frame_fixed_width(frp))
 	    return FALSE;
@@ -3214,20 +3213,20 @@ frame_add_statusline(frame_T *frp)
 	wp = frp->fr_win;
 	if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
 	{
-	    if (wp->w_height > 0)	/* don't make it negative */
+	    if (wp->w_height > 0)	// don't make it negative
 		--wp->w_height;
 	    wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT;
 	}
     }
     else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
-	/* Handle all the frames in the row. */
+	// Handle all the frames in the row.
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	    frame_add_statusline(frp);
     }
-    else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
+    else // frp->fr_layout == FR_COL
     {
-	/* Only need to handle the last frame in the column. */
+	// Only need to handle the last frame in the column.
 	for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
 	    ;
 	frame_add_statusline(frp);
@@ -3242,9 +3241,9 @@ frame_add_statusline(frame_T *frp)
 frame_new_width(
     frame_T	*topfrp,
     int		width,
-    int		leftfirst,	/* resize leftmost contained frame first */
-    int		wfw)		/* obey 'winfixwidth' when there is a choice;
-				   may cause the width not to be set */
+    int		leftfirst,	// resize leftmost contained frame first
+    int		wfw)		// obey 'winfixwidth' when there is a choice;
+				// may cause the width not to be set
 {
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		extra_cols;
@@ -3253,9 +3252,9 @@ frame_new_width(
 
     if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
     {
-	/* Simple case: just one window. */
+	// Simple case: just one window.
 	wp = topfrp->fr_win;
-	/* Find out if there are any windows right of this one. */
+	// Find out if there are any windows right of this one.
 	for (frp = topfrp; frp->fr_parent != NULL; frp = frp->fr_parent)
 	    if (frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && frp->fr_next != NULL)
 		break;
@@ -3267,40 +3266,40 @@ frame_new_width(
     {
 	do
 	{
-	    /* All frames in this column get the same new width. */
+	    // All frames in this column get the same new width.
 	    FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	    {
 		frame_new_width(frp, width, leftfirst, wfw);
 		if (frp->fr_width > width)
 		{
-		    /* Could not fit the windows, make whole column wider. */
+		    // Could not fit the windows, make whole column wider.
 		    width = frp->fr_width;
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
 	} while (frp != NULL);
     }
-    else    /* fr_layout == FR_ROW */
+    else    // fr_layout == FR_ROW
     {
-	/* Complicated case: Resize a row of frames.  Resize the rightmost
-	 * frame first, frames left of it when needed. */
+	// Complicated case: Resize a row of frames.  Resize the rightmost
+	// frame first, frames left of it when needed.
 
 	frp = topfrp->fr_child;
 	if (wfw)
-	    /* Advance past frames with one window with 'wfw' set. */
+	    // Advance past frames with one window with 'wfw' set.
 	    while (frame_fixed_width(frp))
 	    {
 		frp = frp->fr_next;
 		if (frp == NULL)
-		    return;	    /* no frame without 'wfw', give up */
+		    return;	    // no frame without 'wfw', give up
 	    }
 	if (!leftfirst)
 	{
-	    /* Find the rightmost frame of this row */
+	    // Find the rightmost frame of this row
 	    while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
 		frp = frp->fr_next;
 	    if (wfw)
-		/* Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfw' set. */
+		// Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfw' set.
 		while (frame_fixed_width(frp))
 		    frp = frp->fr_prev;
 	}
@@ -3308,7 +3307,7 @@ frame_new_width(
 	extra_cols = width - topfrp->fr_width;
 	if (extra_cols < 0)
 	{
-	    /* reduce frame width, rightmost frame first */
+	    // reduce frame width, rightmost frame first
 	    while (frp != NULL)
 	    {
 		w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL);
@@ -3335,14 +3334,14 @@ frame_new_width(
 			frp = frp->fr_prev;
 		    while (wfw && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_width(frp));
 		}
-		/* Increase "width" if we could not reduce enough frames. */
+		// Increase "width" if we could not reduce enough frames.
 		if (frp == NULL)
 		    width -= extra_cols;
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (extra_cols > 0)
 	{
-	    /* increase width of rightmost frame */
+	    // increase width of rightmost frame
 	    frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width + extra_cols, leftfirst, wfw);
 	}
     }
@@ -3363,20 +3362,20 @@ frame_add_vsep(frame_T *frp)
 	wp = frp->fr_win;
 	if (wp->w_vsep_width == 0)
 	{
-	    if (wp->w_width > 0)	/* don't make it negative */
+	    if (wp->w_width > 0)	// don't make it negative
 		--wp->w_width;
 	    wp->w_vsep_width = 1;
 	}
     }
     else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
     {
-	/* Handle all the frames in the column. */
+	// Handle all the frames in the column.
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child)
 	    frame_add_vsep(frp);
     }
-    else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW */
+    else // frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW
     {
-	/* Only need to handle the last frame in the row. */
+	// Only need to handle the last frame in the row.
 	frp = frp->fr_child;
 	while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
 	    frp = frp->fr_next;
@@ -3422,12 +3421,12 @@ frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)
 	    m = p_wh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height;
 	else
 	{
-	    /* window: minimal height of the window plus status line */
+	    // window: minimal height of the window plus status line
 	    m = p_wmh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height;
 	    if (topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL)
 	    {
-		/* Current window is minimal one line high and WinBar is
-		 * visible. */
+		// Current window is minimal one line high and WinBar is
+		// visible.
 		if (p_wmh == 0)
 		    ++m;
 		m += WINBAR_HEIGHT(curwin);
@@ -3436,7 +3435,7 @@ frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)
     }
     else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
-	/* get the minimal height from each frame in this row */
+	// get the minimal height from each frame in this row
 	m = 0;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	{
@@ -3447,7 +3446,7 @@ frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Add up the minimal heights for all frames in this column. */
+	// Add up the minimal heights for all frames in this column.
 	m = 0;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	    m += frame_minheight(frp, next_curwin);
@@ -3465,7 +3464,7 @@ frame_minheight(frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)
     static int
 frame_minwidth(
     frame_T	*topfrp,
-    win_T	*next_curwin)	/* use p_wh and p_wiw for next_curwin */
+    win_T	*next_curwin)	// use p_wh and p_wiw for next_curwin
 {
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		m, n;
@@ -3476,16 +3475,16 @@ frame_minwidth(
 	    m = p_wiw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width;
 	else
 	{
-	    /* window: minimal width of the window plus separator column */
+	    // window: minimal width of the window plus separator column
 	    m = p_wmw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width;
-	    /* Current window is minimal one column wide */
+	    // Current window is minimal one column wide
 	    if (p_wmw == 0 && topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL)
 		++m;
 	}
     }
     else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL)
     {
-	/* get the minimal width from each frame in this column */
+	// get the minimal width from each frame in this column
 	m = 0;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	{
@@ -3496,7 +3495,7 @@ frame_minwidth(
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Add up the minimal widths for all frames in this row. */
+	// Add up the minimal widths for all frames in this row.
 	m = 0;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	    m += frame_minwidth(frp, next_curwin);
@@ -3516,7 +3515,7 @@ frame_minwidth(
     void
 close_others(
     int		message,
-    int		forceit)	    /* always hide all other windows */
+    int		forceit)	    // always hide all other windows
 {
     win_T	*wp;
     win_T	*nextwp;
@@ -3529,16 +3528,16 @@ close_others(
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* Be very careful here: autocommands may change the window layout. */
+    // Be very careful here: autocommands may change the window layout.
     for (wp = firstwin; win_valid(wp); wp = nextwp)
     {
 	nextwp = wp->w_next;
-	if (wp != curwin)		/* don't close current window */
+	if (wp != curwin)		// don't close current window
 	{
 
-	    /* Check if it's allowed to abandon this window */
+	    // Check if it's allowed to abandon this window
 	    r = can_abandon(wp->w_buffer, forceit);
-	    if (!win_valid(wp))		/* autocommands messed wp up */
+	    if (!win_valid(wp))		// autocommands messed wp up
 	    {
 		nextwp = firstwin;
 		continue;
@@ -3549,7 +3548,7 @@ close_others(
 		if (message && (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && p_write)
 		{
 		    dialog_changed(wp->w_buffer, FALSE);
-		    if (!win_valid(wp))		/* autocommands messed wp up */
+		    if (!win_valid(wp))		// autocommands messed wp up
 		    {
 			nextwp = firstwin;
 			continue;
@@ -3576,7 +3575,7 @@ win_init_empty(win_T *wp)
     wp->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
     wp->w_curswant = wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
     wp->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
-    wp->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;	/* pcmark not cleared but set to line 1 */
+    wp->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;	// pcmark not cleared but set to line 1
     wp->w_pcmark.col = 0;
     wp->w_prev_pcmark.lnum = 0;
     wp->w_prev_pcmark.col = 0;
@@ -3670,8 +3669,8 @@ win_alloc_firstwin(win_T *oldwin)
     curwin = win_alloc(NULL, FALSE);
     if (oldwin == NULL)
     {
-	/* Very first window, need to create an empty buffer for it and
-	 * initialize from scratch. */
+	// Very first window, need to create an empty buffer for it and
+	// initialize from scratch.
 	curbuf = buflist_new(NULL, NULL, 1L, BLN_LISTED);
 	if (curwin == NULL || curbuf == NULL)
 	    return FAIL;
@@ -3679,16 +3678,16 @@ win_alloc_firstwin(win_T *oldwin)
 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
 	curwin->w_s = &(curbuf->b_s);
 #endif
-	curbuf->b_nwindows = 1;	/* there is one window */
+	curbuf->b_nwindows = 1;	// there is one window
 	curwin->w_alist = &global_alist;
-	curwin_init();		/* init current window */
+	curwin_init();		// init current window
     }
     else
     {
-	/* First window in new tab page, initialize it from "oldwin". */
+	// First window in new tab page, initialize it from "oldwin".
 	win_init(curwin, oldwin, 0);
 
-	/* We don't want cursor- and scroll-binding in the first window. */
+	// We don't want cursor- and scroll-binding in the first window.
 	RESET_BINDING(curwin);
     }
 
@@ -3748,7 +3747,7 @@ alloc_tabpage(void)
 	return NULL;
 
 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* init t: variables */
+    // init t: variables
     tp->tp_vars = dict_alloc();
     if (tp->tp_vars == NULL)
     {
@@ -3785,7 +3784,7 @@ free_tabpage(tabpage_T *tp)
     for (idx = 0; idx < SNAP_COUNT; ++idx)
 	clear_snapshot(tp, idx);
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    vars_clear(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab);	/* free all t: variables */
+    vars_clear(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab);	// free all t: variables
     hash_init(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab);
     unref_var_dict(tp->tp_vars);
 #endif
@@ -3821,7 +3820,7 @@ win_new_tabpage(int after)
     if (newtp == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* Remember the current windows in this Tab page. */
+    // Remember the current windows in this Tab page.
     if (leave_tabpage(curbuf, TRUE) == FAIL)
     {
 	vim_free(newtp);
@@ -3831,13 +3830,13 @@ win_new_tabpage(int after)
 
     newtp->tp_localdir = (tp->tp_localdir == NULL)
 				    ? NULL : vim_strsave(tp->tp_localdir);
-    /* Create a new empty window. */
+    // Create a new empty window.
     if (win_alloc_firstwin(tp->tp_curwin) == OK)
     {
-	/* Make the new Tab page the new topframe. */
+	// Make the new Tab page the new topframe.
 	if (after == 1)
 	{
-	    /* New tab page becomes the first one. */
+	    // New tab page becomes the first one.
 	    newtp->tp_next = first_tabpage;
 	    first_tabpage = newtp;
 	}
@@ -3845,7 +3844,7 @@ win_new_tabpage(int after)
 	{
 	    if (after > 0)
 	    {
-		/* Put new tab page before tab page "after". */
+		// Put new tab page before tab page "after".
 		n = 2;
 		for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL
 					       && n < after; tp = tp->tp_next)
@@ -3862,8 +3861,8 @@ win_new_tabpage(int after)
 	last_status(FALSE);
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-	/* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
-	 * scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway. */
+	// When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
+	// scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway.
 	gui_may_update_scrollbars();
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
@@ -3878,7 +3877,7 @@ win_new_tabpage(int after)
 	return OK;
     }
 
-    /* Failed, get back the previous Tab page */
+    // Failed, get back the previous Tab page
     enter_tabpage(curtab, curbuf, TRUE, TRUE);
     return FAIL;
 }
@@ -3895,7 +3894,7 @@ may_open_tabpage(void)
 
     if (n != 0)
     {
-	cmdmod.tab = 0;	    /* reset it to avoid doing it twice */
+	cmdmod.tab = 0;	    // reset it to avoid doing it twice
 	postponed_split_tab = 0;
 	return win_new_tabpage(n);
     }
@@ -3912,7 +3911,7 @@ make_tabpages(int maxcount)
     int		count = maxcount;
     int		todo;
 
-    /* Limit to 'tabpagemax' tabs. */
+    // Limit to 'tabpagemax' tabs.
     if (count > p_tpm)
 	count = p_tpm;
 
@@ -3928,7 +3927,7 @@ make_tabpages(int maxcount)
 
     unblock_autocmds();
 
-    /* return actual number of tab pages */
+    // return actual number of tab pages
     return (count - todo);
 }
 
@@ -3968,7 +3967,7 @@ valid_tabpage_win(tabpage_T *tpc)
 	    return FALSE;
 	}
     }
-    /* shouldn't happen */
+    // shouldn't happen
     return FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -4039,8 +4038,8 @@ tabpage_index(tabpage_T *ftp)
  */
     static int
 leave_tabpage(
-    buf_T	*new_curbuf UNUSED,    /* what is going to be the new curbuf,
-				       NULL if unknown */
+    buf_T	*new_curbuf UNUSED,    // what is going to be the new curbuf,
+				       // NULL if unknown
     int		trigger_leave_autocmds UNUSED)
 {
     tabpage_T	*tp = curtab;
@@ -4048,7 +4047,7 @@ leave_tabpage(
 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
     leaving_window(curwin);
 #endif
-    reset_VIsual_and_resel();	/* stop Visual mode */
+    reset_VIsual_and_resel();	// stop Visual mode
     if (trigger_leave_autocmds)
     {
 	if (new_curbuf != curbuf)
@@ -4065,7 +4064,7 @@ leave_tabpage(
 	    return FAIL;
     }
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* Remove the scrollbars.  They may be added back later. */
+    // Remove the scrollbars.  They may be added back later.
     if (gui.in_use)
 	gui_remove_scrollbars();
 #endif
@@ -4101,23 +4100,23 @@ enter_tabpage(
     lastwin = tp->tp_lastwin;
     topframe = tp->tp_topframe;
 
-    /* We would like doing the TabEnter event first, but we don't have a
-     * valid current window yet, which may break some commands.
-     * This triggers autocommands, thus may make "tp" invalid. */
+    // We would like doing the TabEnter event first, but we don't have a
+    // valid current window yet, which may break some commands.
+    // This triggers autocommands, thus may make "tp" invalid.
     win_enter_ext(tp->tp_curwin, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
 			      trigger_enter_autocmds, trigger_leave_autocmds);
     prevwin = next_prevwin;
 
-    last_status(FALSE);		/* status line may appear or disappear */
-    (void)win_comp_pos();	/* recompute w_winrow for all windows */
+    last_status(FALSE);		// status line may appear or disappear
+    (void)win_comp_pos();	// recompute w_winrow for all windows
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
     diff_need_scrollbind = TRUE;
 #endif
 
-    /* The tabpage line may have appeared or disappeared, may need to resize
-     * the frames for that.  When the Vim window was resized need to update
-     * frame sizes too.  Use the stored value of p_ch, so that it can be
-     * different for each tab page. */
+    // The tabpage line may have appeared or disappeared, may need to resize
+    // the frames for that.  When the Vim window was resized need to update
+    // frame sizes too.  Use the stored value of p_ch, so that it can be
+    // different for each tab page.
     if (p_ch != curtab->tp_ch_used)
 	clear_cmdline = TRUE;
     p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used;
@@ -4128,16 +4127,16 @@ enter_tabpage(
 		))
 	shell_new_rows();
     if (curtab->tp_old_Columns != Columns && starting == 0)
-	shell_new_columns();	/* update window widths */
+	shell_new_columns();	// update window widths
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
-     * scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway. */
+    // When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add
+    // scrollbars.  Have to update them anyway.
     gui_may_update_scrollbars();
 #endif
 
-    /* Apply autocommands after updating the display, when 'rows' and
-     * 'columns' have been set correctly. */
+    // Apply autocommands after updating the display, when 'rows' and
+    // 'columns' have been set correctly.
     if (trigger_enter_autocmds)
     {
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
@@ -4161,12 +4160,12 @@ goto_tabpage(int n)
 
     if (text_locked())
     {
-	/* Not allowed when editing the command line. */
+	// Not allowed when editing the command line.
 	text_locked_msg();
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* If there is only one it can't work. */
+    // If there is only one it can't work.
     if (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL)
     {
 	if (n > 1)
@@ -4176,7 +4175,7 @@ goto_tabpage(int n)
 
     if (n == 0)
     {
-	/* No count, go to next tab page, wrap around end. */
+	// No count, go to next tab page, wrap around end.
 	if (curtab->tp_next == NULL)
 	    tp = first_tabpage;
 	else
@@ -4184,8 +4183,8 @@ goto_tabpage(int n)
     }
     else if (n < 0)
     {
-	/* "gT": go to previous tab page, wrap around end.  "N gT" repeats
-	 * this N times. */
+	// "gT": go to previous tab page, wrap around end.  "N gT" repeats
+	// this N times.
 	ttp = curtab;
 	for (i = n; i < 0; ++i)
 	{
@@ -4197,13 +4196,13 @@ goto_tabpage(int n)
     }
     else if (n == 9999)
     {
-	/* Go to last tab page. */
+	// Go to last tab page.
 	for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
 	    ;
     }
     else
     {
-	/* Go to tab page "n". */
+	// Go to tab page "n".
 	tp = find_tabpage(n);
 	if (tp == NULL)
 	{
@@ -4232,7 +4231,7 @@ goto_tabpage_tp(
     int		trigger_enter_autocmds,
     int		trigger_leave_autocmds)
 {
-    /* Don't repeat a message in another tab page. */
+    // Don't repeat a message in another tab page.
     set_keep_msg(NULL, 0);
 
     if (tp != curtab && leave_tabpage(tp->tp_curwin->w_buffer,
@@ -4286,7 +4285,7 @@ tabpage_move(int nr)
 
     tp_dst = tp;
 
-    /* Remove the current tab page from the list of tab pages. */
+    // Remove the current tab page from the list of tab pages.
     if (curtab == first_tabpage)
 	first_tabpage = curtab->tp_next;
     else
@@ -4294,12 +4293,12 @@ tabpage_move(int nr)
 	FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp)
 	    if (tp->tp_next == curtab)
 		break;
-	if (tp == NULL)	/* "cannot happen" */
+	if (tp == NULL)	// "cannot happen"
 	    return;
 	tp->tp_next = curtab->tp_next;
     }
 
-    /* Re-insert it at the specified position. */
+    // Re-insert it at the specified position.
     if (nr <= 0)
     {
 	curtab->tp_next = first_tabpage;
@@ -4311,7 +4310,7 @@ tabpage_move(int nr)
 	tp_dst->tp_next = curtab;
     }
 
-    /* Need to redraw the tabline.  Tab page contents doesn't change. */
+    // Need to redraw the tabline.  Tab page contents doesn't change.
     redraw_tabline = TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -4440,7 +4439,7 @@ win_vert_neighbor(tabpage_T *tp, win_T *wp, int up, long count)
 	    fr = nfr->fr_child;
 	    if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
 	    {
-		/* Find the frame at the cursor row. */
+		// Find the frame at the cursor row.
 		while (fr->fr_next != NULL
 			&& frame2win(fr)->w_wincol + fr->fr_width
 					 <= wp->w_wincol + wp->w_wcol)
@@ -4518,7 +4517,7 @@ win_horz_neighbor(tabpage_T *tp, win_T *wp, int left, long count)
 	    fr = nfr->fr_child;
 	    if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_COL)
 	    {
-		/* Find the frame at the cursor row. */
+		// Find the frame at the cursor row.
 		while (fr->fr_next != NULL
 			&& frame2win(fr)->w_winrow + fr->fr_height
 					 <= wp->w_winrow + wp->w_wrow)
@@ -4574,7 +4573,7 @@ win_enter_ext(
 {
     int		other_buffer = FALSE;
 
-    if (wp == curwin && !curwin_invalid)	/* nothing to do */
+    if (wp == curwin && !curwin_invalid)	// nothing to do
 	return;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
@@ -4598,26 +4597,26 @@ win_enter_ext(
 	if (!win_valid(wp))
 	    return;
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-	/* autocmds may abort script processing */
+	// autocmds may abort script processing
 	if (aborting())
 	    return;
 #endif
     }
 
-    /* sync undo before leaving the current buffer */
+    // sync undo before leaving the current buffer
     if (undo_sync && curbuf != wp->w_buffer)
 	u_sync(FALSE);
 
-    /* Might need to scroll the old window before switching, e.g., when the
-     * cursor was moved. */
+    // Might need to scroll the old window before switching, e.g., when the
+    // cursor was moved.
     update_topline();
 
-    /* may have to copy the buffer options when 'cpo' contains 'S' */
+    // may have to copy the buffer options when 'cpo' contains 'S'
     if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf)
 	buf_copy_options(wp->w_buffer, BCO_ENTER | BCO_NOHELP);
     if (!curwin_invalid)
     {
-	prevwin = curwin;	/* remember for CTRL-W p */
+	prevwin = curwin;	// remember for CTRL-W p
 	curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
     }
     curwin = wp;
@@ -4625,7 +4624,7 @@ win_enter_ext(
     check_cursor();
     if (!virtual_active())
 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
-    changed_line_abv_curs();	/* assume cursor position needs updating */
+    changed_line_abv_curs();	// assume cursor position needs updating
 
     if (curwin->w_localdir != NULL || curtab->tp_localdir != NULL)
     {
@@ -4651,8 +4650,8 @@ win_enter_ext(
     }
     else if (globaldir != NULL)
     {
-	/* Window doesn't have a local directory and we are not in the global
-	 * directory: Change to the global directory. */
+	// Window doesn't have a local directory and we are not in the global
+	// directory: Change to the global directory.
 	vim_ignored = mch_chdir((char *)globaldir);
 	VIM_CLEAR(globaldir);
 	shorten_fnames(TRUE);
@@ -4682,9 +4681,9 @@ win_enter_ext(
 #endif
     redraw_tabline = TRUE;
     if (restart_edit)
-	redraw_later(VALID);	/* causes status line redraw */
+	redraw_later(VALID);	// causes status line redraw
 
-    /* set window height to desired minimal value */
+    // set window height to desired minimal value
     if (curwin->w_height < p_wh && !curwin->w_p_wfh
 #ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
 	    && !popup_is_popup(curwin)
@@ -4694,13 +4693,13 @@ win_enter_ext(
     else if (curwin->w_height == 0)
 	win_setheight(1);
 
-    /* set window width to desired minimal value */
+    // set window width to desired minimal value
     if (curwin->w_width < p_wiw && !curwin->w_p_wfw)
 	win_setwidth((int)p_wiw);
 
     setmouse();			// in case jumped to/from help buffer
 
-    /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
+    // Change directories when the 'acd' option is set.
     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
 }
 
@@ -4749,7 +4748,7 @@ buf_jump_open_tab(buf_T *buf)
 	    {
 		goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
 		if (curwin != wp)
-		    wp = NULL;	/* something went wrong */
+		    wp = NULL;	// something went wrong
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -4783,7 +4782,7 @@ win_alloc(win_T *after UNUSED, int hidden UNUSED)
     new_wp->w_id = ++last_win_id;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* init w: variables */
+    // init w: variables
     new_wp->w_vars = dict_alloc();
     if (new_wp->w_vars == NULL)
     {
@@ -4794,9 +4793,9 @@ win_alloc(win_T *after UNUSED, int hidden UNUSED)
     init_var_dict(new_wp->w_vars, &new_wp->w_winvar, VAR_SCOPE);
 #endif
 
-    /* Don't execute autocommands while the window is not properly
-     * initialized yet.  gui_create_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained
-     * event. */
+    // Don't execute autocommands while the window is not properly
+    // initialized yet.  gui_create_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained
+    // event.
     block_autocmds();
 
     /*
@@ -4807,7 +4806,7 @@ win_alloc(win_T *after UNUSED, int hidden UNUSED)
     new_wp->w_wincol = 0;
     new_wp->w_width = Columns;
 
-    /* position the display and the cursor at the top of the file. */
+    // position the display and the cursor at the top of the file.
     new_wp->w_topline = 1;
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
     new_wp->w_topfill = 0;
@@ -4820,7 +4819,7 @@ win_alloc(win_T *after UNUSED, int hidden UNUSED)
     new_wp->w_p_so = -1;
     new_wp->w_p_siso = -1;
 
-    /* We won't calculate w_fraction until resizing the window */
+    // We won't calculate w_fraction until resizing the window
     new_wp->w_fraction = 0;
     new_wp->w_prev_fraction_row = -1;
 
@@ -4850,7 +4849,7 @@ win_alloc(win_T *after UNUSED, int hidden UNUSED)
     static void
 win_free(
     win_T	*wp,
-    tabpage_T	*tp)		/* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */
+    tabpage_T	*tp)		// tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
 {
     int		i;
     buf_T	*buf;
@@ -4860,11 +4859,11 @@ win_free(
     clearFolding(wp);
 #endif
 
-    /* reduce the reference count to the argument list. */
+    // reduce the reference count to the argument list.
     alist_unlink(wp->w_alist);
 
-    /* Don't execute autocommands while the window is halfway being deleted.
-     * gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained event. */
+    // Don't execute autocommands while the window is halfway being deleted.
+    // gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained event.
     block_autocmds();
 
 #ifdef FEAT_LUA
@@ -4899,7 +4898,7 @@ win_free(
     clear_winopt(&wp->w_allbuf_opt);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    vars_clear(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab);	/* free all w: variables */
+    vars_clear(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab);	// free all w: variables
     hash_init(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab);
     unref_var_dict(wp->w_vars);
 #endif
@@ -4922,8 +4921,8 @@ win_free(
     }
     vim_free(wp->w_localdir);
 
-    /* Remove the window from the b_wininfo lists, it may happen that the
-     * freed memory is re-used for another window. */
+    // Remove the window from the b_wininfo lists, it may happen that the
+    // freed memory is re-used for another window.
     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
 	for (wip = buf->b_wininfo; wip != NULL; wip = wip->wi_next)
 	    if (wip->wi_win == wp)
@@ -4947,7 +4946,7 @@ win_free(
 	gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]);
 	gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]);
     }
-#endif /* FEAT_GUI */
+#endif // FEAT_GUI
 
 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
     remove_winbar(wp);
@@ -5020,7 +5019,7 @@ win_append(win_T *after, win_T *wp)
 {
     win_T	*before;
 
-    if (after == NULL)	    /* after NULL is in front of the first */
+    if (after == NULL)	    // after NULL is in front of the first
 	before = firstwin;
     else
 	before = after->w_next;
@@ -5043,7 +5042,7 @@ win_append(win_T *after, win_T *wp)
     void
 win_remove(
     win_T	*wp,
-    tabpage_T	*tp)		/* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */
+    tabpage_T	*tp)		// tab page "win" is in, NULL for current
 {
     if (wp->w_prev != NULL)
 	wp->w_prev->w_next = wp->w_next;
@@ -5099,7 +5098,7 @@ frame_remove(frame_T *frp)
     else
     {
 	frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp->fr_next;
-	/* special case: topframe->fr_child == frp */
+	// special case: topframe->fr_child == frp
 	if (topframe->fr_child == frp)
 	    topframe->fr_child = frp->fr_next;
     }
@@ -5127,7 +5126,7 @@ win_alloc_lines(win_T *wp)
     void
 win_free_lsize(win_T *wp)
 {
-    /* TODO: why would wp be NULL here? */
+    // TODO: why would wp be NULL here?
     if (wp != NULL)
 	VIM_CLEAR(wp->w_lines);
 }
@@ -5141,23 +5140,23 @@ shell_new_rows(void)
 {
     int		h = (int)ROWS_AVAIL;
 
-    if (firstwin == NULL)	/* not initialized yet */
+    if (firstwin == NULL)	// not initialized yet
 	return;
     if (h < frame_minheight(topframe, NULL))
 	h = frame_minheight(topframe, NULL);
 
-    /* First try setting the heights of windows with 'winfixheight'.  If
-     * that doesn't result in the right height, forget about that option. */
+    // First try setting the heights of windows with 'winfixheight'.  If
+    // that doesn't result in the right height, forget about that option.
     frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, TRUE);
     if (!frame_check_height(topframe, h))
 	frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, FALSE);
 
-    (void)win_comp_pos();		/* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol */
+    (void)win_comp_pos();		// recompute w_winrow and w_wincol
     compute_cmdrow();
     curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
 
 #if 0
-    /* Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger. */
+    // Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger.
     if (p_ea)
 	win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'v');
 #endif
@@ -5169,18 +5168,18 @@ shell_new_rows(void)
     void
 shell_new_columns(void)
 {
-    if (firstwin == NULL)	/* not initialized yet */
+    if (firstwin == NULL)	// not initialized yet
 	return;
 
-    /* First try setting the widths of windows with 'winfixwidth'.  If that
-     * doesn't result in the right width, forget about that option. */
+    // First try setting the widths of windows with 'winfixwidth'.  If that
+    // doesn't result in the right width, forget about that option.
     frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, TRUE);
     if (!frame_check_width(topframe, Columns))
 	frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, FALSE);
 
-    (void)win_comp_pos();		/* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol */
+    (void)win_comp_pos();		// recompute w_winrow and w_wincol
 #if 0
-    /* Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger. */
+    // Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger.
     if (p_ea)
 	win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'h');
 #endif
@@ -5225,8 +5224,8 @@ win_size_restore(garray_T *gap)
     if (win_count() * 2 + 1 == gap->ga_len
 	    && ((int *)gap->ga_data)[0] == Rows)
     {
-	/* The order matters, because frames contain other frames, but it's
-	 * difficult to get right. The easy way out is to do it twice. */
+	// The order matters, because frames contain other frames, but it's
+	// difficult to get right. The easy way out is to do it twice.
 	for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
 	{
 	    i = 1;
@@ -5236,11 +5235,11 @@ win_size_restore(garray_T *gap)
 		win_setheight_win(((int *)gap->ga_data)[i++], wp);
 	    }
 	}
-	/* recompute the window positions */
+	// recompute the window positions
 	(void)win_comp_pos();
     }
 }
-#endif /* FEAT_CMDWIN */
+#endif // FEAT_CMDWIN
 
 /*
  * Update the position for all windows, using the width and height of the
@@ -5277,13 +5276,13 @@ frame_comp_pos(frame_T *topfrp, int *row, int *col)
     {
 	if (wp->w_winrow != *row || wp->w_wincol != *col)
 	{
-	    /* position changed, redraw */
+	    // position changed, redraw
 	    wp->w_winrow = *row;
 	    wp->w_wincol = *col;
 	    redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
 	    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
 	}
-	/* WinBar will not show if the window height is zero */
+	// WinBar will not show if the window height is zero
 	h = VISIBLE_HEIGHT(wp) + wp->w_status_height;
 	*row += h > topfrp->fr_height ? topfrp->fr_height : h;
 	*col += wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width;
@@ -5295,9 +5294,9 @@ frame_comp_pos(frame_T *topfrp, int *row, int *col)
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, topfrp->fr_child)
 	{
 	    if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
-		*row = startrow;	/* all frames are at the same row */
+		*row = startrow;	// all frames are at the same row
 	    else
-		*col = startcol;	/* all frames are at the same col */
+		*col = startcol;	// all frames are at the same col
 	    frame_comp_pos(frp, row, col);
 	}
     }
@@ -5324,8 +5323,8 @@ win_setheight_win(int height, win_T *win)
 
     if (win == curwin)
     {
-	/* Always keep current window at least one line high, even when
-	 * 'winminheight' is zero. */
+	// Always keep current window at least one line high, even when
+	// 'winminheight' is zero.
 	if (height < p_wmh)
 	    height = p_wmh;
 	if (height == 0)
@@ -5335,7 +5334,7 @@ win_setheight_win(int height, win_T *win)
 
     frame_setheight(win->w_frame, height + win->w_status_height);
 
-    /* recompute the window positions */
+    // recompute the window positions
     row = win_comp_pos();
 
     /*
@@ -5367,21 +5366,21 @@ win_setheight_win(int height, win_T *win)
     static void
 frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height)
 {
-    int		room;		/* total number of lines available */
-    int		take;		/* number of lines taken from other windows */
-    int		room_cmdline;	/* lines available from cmdline */
+    int		room;		// total number of lines available
+    int		take;		// number of lines taken from other windows
+    int		room_cmdline;	// lines available from cmdline
     int		run;
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		h;
     int		room_reserved;
 
-    /* If the height already is the desired value, nothing to do. */
+    // If the height already is the desired value, nothing to do.
     if (curfrp->fr_height == height)
 	return;
 
     if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL)
     {
-	/* topframe: can only change the command line */
+	// topframe: can only change the command line
 	if (height > ROWS_AVAIL)
 	    height = ROWS_AVAIL;
 	if (height > 0)
@@ -5389,8 +5388,8 @@ frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height)
     }
     else if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
-	/* Row of frames: Also need to resize frames left and right of this
-	 * one.  First check for the minimal height of these. */
+	// Row of frames: Also need to resize frames left and right of this
+	// one.  First check for the minimal height of these.
 	h = frame_minheight(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL);
 	if (height < h)
 	    height = h;
@@ -5451,18 +5450,18 @@ frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height)
 	 */
 	take = height - curfrp->fr_height;
 
-	/* If there is not enough room, also reduce the height of a window
-	 * with 'winfixheight' set. */
+	// If there is not enough room, also reduce the height of a window
+	// with 'winfixheight' set.
 	if (height > room + room_cmdline - room_reserved)
 	    room_reserved = room + room_cmdline - height;
-	/* If there is only a 'winfixheight' window and making the
-	 * window smaller, need to make the other window taller. */
+	// If there is only a 'winfixheight' window and making the
+	// window smaller, need to make the other window taller.
 	if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_height < room_reserved)
 	    room_reserved = 0;
 
 	if (take > 0 && room_cmdline > 0)
 	{
-	    /* use lines from cmdline first */
+	    // use lines from cmdline first
 	    if (take < room_cmdline)
 		room_cmdline = take;
 	    take -= room_cmdline;
@@ -5482,9 +5481,9 @@ frame_setheight(frame_T *curfrp, int height)
 	for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run)
 	{
 	    if (run == 0)
-		frp = curfrp->fr_next;	/* 1st run: start with next window */
+		frp = curfrp->fr_next;	// 1st run: start with next window
 	    else
-		frp = curfrp->fr_prev;	/* 2nd run: start with prev window */
+		frp = curfrp->fr_prev;	// 2nd run: start with prev window
 	    while (frp != NULL && take != 0)
 	    {
 		h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL);
@@ -5539,8 +5538,8 @@ win_setwidth(int width)
     void
 win_setwidth_win(int width, win_T *wp)
 {
-    /* Always keep current window at least one column wide, even when
-     * 'winminwidth' is zero. */
+    // Always keep current window at least one column wide, even when
+    // 'winminwidth' is zero.
     if (wp == curwin)
     {
 	if (width < p_wmw)
@@ -5551,7 +5550,7 @@ win_setwidth_win(int width, win_T *wp)
 
     frame_setwidth(wp->w_frame, width + wp->w_vsep_width);
 
-    /* recompute the window positions */
+    // recompute the window positions
     (void)win_comp_pos();
 
     redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
@@ -5567,25 +5566,25 @@ win_setwidth_win(int width, win_T *wp)
     static void
 frame_setwidth(frame_T *curfrp, int width)
 {
-    int		room;		/* total number of lines available */
-    int		take;		/* number of lines taken from other windows */
+    int		room;		// total number of lines available
+    int		take;		// number of lines taken from other windows
     int		run;
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		w;
     int		room_reserved;
 
-    /* If the width already is the desired value, nothing to do. */
+    // If the width already is the desired value, nothing to do.
     if (curfrp->fr_width == width)
 	return;
 
     if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL)
-	/* topframe: can't change width */
+	// topframe: can't change width
 	return;
 
     if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
     {
-	/* Column of frames: Also need to resize frames above and below of
-	 * this one.  First check for the minimal width of these. */
+	// Column of frames: Also need to resize frames above and below of
+	// this one.  First check for the minimal width of these.
 	w = frame_minwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL);
 	if (width < w)
 	    width = w;
@@ -5634,12 +5633,12 @@ frame_setwidth(frame_T *curfrp, int width)
 	 */
 	take = width - curfrp->fr_width;
 
-	/* If there is not enough room, also reduce the width of a window
-	 * with 'winfixwidth' set. */
+	// If there is not enough room, also reduce the width of a window
+	// with 'winfixwidth' set.
 	if (width > room - room_reserved)
 	    room_reserved = room - width;
-	/* If there is only a 'winfixwidth' window and making the
-	 * window smaller, need to make the other window narrower. */
+	// If there is only a 'winfixwidth' window and making the
+	// window smaller, need to make the other window narrower.
 	if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_width < room_reserved)
 	    room_reserved = 0;
 
@@ -5656,9 +5655,9 @@ frame_setwidth(frame_T *curfrp, int width)
 	for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run)
 	{
 	    if (run == 0)
-		frp = curfrp->fr_next;	/* 1st run: start with next window */
+		frp = curfrp->fr_next;	// 1st run: start with next window
 	    else
-		frp = curfrp->fr_prev;	/* 2nd run: start with prev window */
+		frp = curfrp->fr_prev;	// 2nd run: start with prev window
 	    while (frp != NULL && take != 0)
 	    {
 		w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL);
@@ -5762,26 +5761,26 @@ win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
     frame_T	*fr;
     int		room;
     int		row;
-    int		up;	/* if TRUE, drag status line up, otherwise down */
+    int		up;	// if TRUE, drag status line up, otherwise down
     int		n;
 
     fr = dragwin->w_frame;
     curfr = fr;
-    if (fr != topframe)		/* more than one window */
+    if (fr != topframe)		// more than one window
     {
 	fr = fr->fr_parent;
-	/* When the parent frame is not a column of frames, its parent should
-	 * be. */
+	// When the parent frame is not a column of frames, its parent should
+	// be.
 	if (fr->fr_layout != FR_COL)
 	{
 	    curfr = fr;
-	    if (fr != topframe)	/* only a row of windows, may drag statusline */
+	    if (fr != topframe)	// only a row of windows, may drag statusline
 		fr = fr->fr_parent;
 	}
     }
 
-    /* If this is the last frame in a column, may want to resize the parent
-     * frame instead (go two up to skip a row of frames). */
+    // If this is the last frame in a column, may want to resize the parent
+    // frame instead (go two up to skip a row of frames).
     while (curfr != topframe && curfr->fr_next == NULL)
     {
 	if (fr != topframe)
@@ -5791,14 +5790,14 @@ win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 	    fr = fr->fr_parent;
     }
 
-    if (offset < 0) /* drag up */
+    if (offset < 0) // drag up
     {
 	up = TRUE;
 	offset = -offset;
-	/* sum up the room of the current frame and above it */
+	// sum up the room of the current frame and above it
 	if (fr == curfr)
 	{
-	    /* only one window */
+	    // only one window
 	    room = fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
 	}
 	else
@@ -5811,9 +5810,9 @@ win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 		    break;
 	    }
 	}
-	fr = curfr->fr_next;		/* put fr at frame that grows */
+	fr = curfr->fr_next;		// put fr at frame that grows
     }
-    else    /* drag down */
+    else    // drag down
     {
 	up = FALSE;
 	/*
@@ -5826,14 +5825,14 @@ win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 	    room -= p_ch;
 	if (room < 0)
 	    room = 0;
-	/* sum up the room of frames below of the current one */
+	// sum up the room of frames below of the current one
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, curfr->fr_next)
 	    room += fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL);
-	fr = curfr;			/* put fr at window that grows */
+	fr = curfr;			// put fr at window that grows
     }
 
-    if (room < offset)		/* Not enough room */
-	offset = room;		/* Move as far as we can */
+    if (room < offset)		// Not enough room
+	offset = room;		// Move as far as we can
     if (offset <= 0)
 	return;
 
@@ -5845,9 +5844,9 @@ win_drag_status_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 	frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height + offset, up, FALSE);
 
     if (up)
-	fr = curfr;		/* current frame gets smaller */
+	fr = curfr;		// current frame gets smaller
     else
-	fr = curfr->fr_next;	/* next frame gets smaller */
+	fr = curfr->fr_next;	// next frame gets smaller
 
     /*
      * Now make the other frames smaller.
@@ -5890,25 +5889,25 @@ win_drag_vsep_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
     frame_T	*curfr;
     frame_T	*fr;
     int		room;
-    int		left;	/* if TRUE, drag separator line left, otherwise right */
+    int		left;	// if TRUE, drag separator line left, otherwise right
     int		n;
 
     fr = dragwin->w_frame;
-    if (fr == topframe)		/* only one window (cannot happen?) */
+    if (fr == topframe)		// only one window (cannot happen?)
 	return;
     curfr = fr;
     fr = fr->fr_parent;
-    /* When the parent frame is not a row of frames, its parent should be. */
+    // When the parent frame is not a row of frames, its parent should be.
     if (fr->fr_layout != FR_ROW)
     {
-	if (fr == topframe)	/* only a column of windows (cannot happen?) */
+	if (fr == topframe)	// only a column of windows (cannot happen?)
 	    return;
 	curfr = fr;
 	fr = fr->fr_parent;
     }
 
-    /* If this is the last frame in a row, may want to resize a parent
-     * frame instead. */
+    // If this is the last frame in a row, may want to resize a parent
+    // frame instead.
     while (curfr->fr_next == NULL)
     {
 	if (fr == topframe)
@@ -5922,11 +5921,11 @@ win_drag_vsep_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 	}
     }
 
-    if (offset < 0) /* drag left */
+    if (offset < 0) // drag left
     {
 	left = TRUE;
 	offset = -offset;
-	/* sum up the room of the current frame and left of it */
+	// sum up the room of the current frame and left of it
 	room = 0;
 	for (fr = fr->fr_child; ; fr = fr->fr_next)
 	{
@@ -5934,33 +5933,33 @@ win_drag_vsep_line(win_T *dragwin, int offset)
 	    if (fr == curfr)
 		break;
 	}
-	fr = curfr->fr_next;		/* put fr at frame that grows */
+	fr = curfr->fr_next;		// put fr at frame that grows
     }
-    else    /* drag right */
+    else    // drag right
     {
 	left = FALSE;
-	/* sum up the room of frames right of the current one */
+	// sum up the room of frames right of the current one
 	room = 0;
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fr, curfr->fr_next)
 	    room += fr->fr_width - frame_minwidth(fr, NULL);
-	fr = curfr;			/* put fr at window that grows */
+	fr = curfr;			// put fr at window that grows
     }
 
-    if (room < offset)		/* Not enough room */
-	offset = room;		/* Move as far as we can */
-    if (offset <= 0)		/* No room at all, quit. */
+    if (room < offset)		// Not enough room
+	offset = room;		// Move as far as we can
+    if (offset <= 0)		// No room at all, quit.
 	return;
     if (fr == NULL)
-	return;			/* Safety check, should not happen. */
+	return;			// Safety check, should not happen.
 
-    /* grow frame fr by offset lines */
+    // grow frame fr by offset lines
     frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width + offset, left, FALSE);
 
-    /* shrink other frames: current and at the left or at the right */
+    // shrink other frames: current and at the left or at the right
     if (left)
-	fr = curfr;		/* current frame gets smaller */
+	fr = curfr;		// current frame gets smaller
     else
-	fr = curfr->fr_next;	/* next frame gets smaller */
+	fr = curfr->fr_next;	// next frame gets smaller
 
     while (fr != NULL && offset > 0)
     {
@@ -6012,22 +6011,22 @@ win_new_height(win_T *wp, int height)
 {
     int		prev_height = wp->w_height;
 
-    /* Don't want a negative height.  Happens when splitting a tiny window.
-     * Will equalize heights soon to fix it. */
+    // Don't want a negative height.  Happens when splitting a tiny window.
+    // Will equalize heights soon to fix it.
     if (height < 0)
 	height = 0;
     if (wp->w_height == height)
-	return;	    /* nothing to do */
+	return;	    // nothing to do
 
     if (wp->w_height > 0)
     {
 	if (wp == curwin)
-	    /* w_wrow needs to be valid. When setting 'laststatus' this may
-	     * call win_new_height() recursively. */
+	    // w_wrow needs to be valid. When setting 'laststatus' this may
+	    // call win_new_height() recursively.
 	    validate_cursor();
 	if (wp->w_height != prev_height)
-	    return;  /* Recursive call already changed the size, bail out here
-			to avoid the following to mess things up. */
+	    return;  // Recursive call already changed the size, bail out here
+		     //	to avoid the following to mess things up.
 	if (wp->w_wrow != wp->w_prev_fraction_row)
 	    set_fraction(wp);
     }
@@ -6035,8 +6034,8 @@ win_new_height(win_T *wp, int height)
     wp->w_height = height;
     wp->w_skipcol = 0;
 
-    /* There is no point in adjusting the scroll position when exiting.  Some
-     * values might be invalid. */
+    // There is no point in adjusting the scroll position when exiting.  Some
+    // values might be invalid.
     if (!exiting)
 	scroll_to_fraction(wp, prev_height);
 }
@@ -6062,7 +6061,7 @@ scroll_to_fraction(win_T *wp, int prev_height)
 	 * relative position in the window as before (more or less).
 	 */
 	lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
-	if (lnum < 1)		/* can happen when starting up */
+	if (lnum < 1)		// can happen when starting up
 	    lnum = 1;
 	wp->w_wrow = ((long)wp->w_fraction * (long)height - 1L)
 							       / FRACTION_MULT;
@@ -6071,7 +6070,7 @@ scroll_to_fraction(win_T *wp, int prev_height)
 
 	if (sline >= 0)
 	{
-	    /* Make sure the whole cursor line is visible, if possible. */
+	    // Make sure the whole cursor line is visible, if possible.
 	    int rows = plines_win(wp, lnum, FALSE);
 
 	    if (sline > wp->w_height - rows)
@@ -6110,7 +6109,7 @@ scroll_to_fraction(win_T *wp, int prev_height)
 		hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
 		if (lnum == 1)
 		{
-		    /* first line in buffer is folded */
+		    // first line in buffer is folded
 		    line_size = 1;
 		    --sline;
 		    break;
@@ -6153,7 +6152,7 @@ scroll_to_fraction(win_T *wp, int prev_height)
     {
 	if (get_scrolloff_value())
 	    update_topline();
-	curs_columns(FALSE);	/* validate w_wrow */
+	curs_columns(FALSE);	// validate w_wrow
     }
     if (prev_height > 0)
 	wp->w_prev_fraction_row = wp->w_wrow;
@@ -6177,7 +6176,7 @@ win_new_width(win_T *wp, int width)
     if (wp == curwin)
     {
 	update_topline();
-	curs_columns(TRUE);	/* validate w_wrow */
+	curs_columns(TRUE);	// validate w_wrow
     }
     redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
     wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
@@ -6201,17 +6200,17 @@ command_height(void)
     frame_T	*frp;
     int		old_p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used;
 
-    /* Use the value of p_ch that we remembered.  This is needed for when the
-     * GUI starts up, we can't be sure in what order things happen.  And when
-     * p_ch was changed in another tab page. */
+    // Use the value of p_ch that we remembered.  This is needed for when the
+    // GUI starts up, we can't be sure in what order things happen.  And when
+    // p_ch was changed in another tab page.
     curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch;
 
-    /* Find bottom frame with width of screen. */
+    // Find bottom frame with width of screen.
     frp = lastwin->w_frame;
     while (frp->fr_width != Columns && frp->fr_parent != NULL)
 	frp = frp->fr_parent;
 
-    /* Avoid changing the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set. */
+    // Avoid changing the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set.
     while (frp->fr_prev != NULL && frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF
 						      && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh)
 	frp = frp->fr_prev;
@@ -6220,7 +6219,7 @@ command_height(void)
     {
 	cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch;
 
-	if (p_ch > old_p_ch)		    /* p_ch got bigger */
+	if (p_ch > old_p_ch)		    // p_ch got bigger
 	{
 	    while (p_ch > old_p_ch)
 	    {
@@ -6240,10 +6239,10 @@ command_height(void)
 		frp = frp->fr_prev;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Recompute window positions. */
+	    // Recompute window positions.
 	    (void)win_comp_pos();
 
-	    /* clear the lines added to cmdline */
+	    // clear the lines added to cmdline
 	    if (full_screen)
 		screen_fill((int)(cmdline_row), (int)Rows, 0,
 						   (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
@@ -6258,7 +6257,7 @@ command_height(void)
     }
     frame_add_height(frp, (int)(old_p_ch - p_ch));
 
-    /* Recompute window positions. */
+    // Recompute window positions.
     if (frp != lastwin->w_frame)
 	(void)win_comp_pos();
 }
@@ -6286,9 +6285,9 @@ frame_add_height(frame_T *frp, int n)
  */
     void
 last_status(
-    int		morewin)	/* pretend there are two or more windows */
+    int		morewin)	// pretend there are two or more windows
 {
-    /* Don't make a difference between horizontal or vertical split. */
+    // Don't make a difference between horizontal or vertical split.
     last_status_rec(topframe, (p_ls == 2
 			  || (p_ls == 1 && (morewin || !ONE_WINDOW))));
 }
@@ -6304,14 +6303,14 @@ last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline)
 	wp = fr->fr_win;
 	if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && !statusline)
 	{
-	    /* remove status line */
+	    // remove status line
 	    win_new_height(wp, wp->w_height + 1);
 	    wp->w_status_height = 0;
 	    comp_col();
 	}
 	else if (wp->w_status_height == 0 && statusline)
 	{
-	    /* Find a frame to take a line from. */
+	    // Find a frame to take a line from.
 	    fp = fr;
 	    while (fp->fr_height <= frame_minheight(fp, NULL))
 	    {
@@ -6320,8 +6319,8 @@ last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline)
 		    emsg(_(e_noroom));
 		    return;
 		}
-		/* In a column of frames: go to frame above.  If already at
-		 * the top or in a row of frames: go to parent. */
+		// In a column of frames: go to frame above.  If already at
+		// the top or in a row of frames: go to parent.
 		if (fp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && fp->fr_prev != NULL)
 		    fp = fp->fr_prev;
 		else
@@ -6342,13 +6341,13 @@ last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline)
     }
     else if (fr->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
     {
-	/* vertically split windows, set status line for each one */
+	// vertically split windows, set status line for each one
 	FOR_ALL_FRAMES(fp, fr->fr_child)
 	    last_status_rec(fp, statusline);
     }
     else
     {
-	/* horizontally split window, set status line for last one */
+	// horizontally split window, set status line for last one
 	for (fp = fr->fr_child; fp->fr_next != NULL; fp = fp->fr_next)
 	    ;
 	last_status_rec(fp, statusline);
@@ -6362,7 +6361,7 @@ last_status_rec(frame_T *fr, int statusline)
 tabline_height(void)
 {
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
-    /* When the GUI has the tabline then this always returns zero. */
+    // When the GUI has the tabline then this always returns zero.
     if (gui_use_tabline())
 	return 0;
 #endif
@@ -6385,7 +6384,7 @@ min_rows(void)
     tabpage_T	*tp;
     int		n;
 
-    if (firstwin == NULL)	/* not initialized yet */
+    if (firstwin == NULL)	// not initialized yet
 	return MIN_LINES;
 
     total = 0;
@@ -6396,7 +6395,7 @@ min_rows(void)
 	    total = n;
     }
     total += tabline_height();
-    total += 1;		/* count the room for the command line */
+    total += 1;		// count the room for the command line
     return total;
 }
 
@@ -6411,7 +6410,7 @@ only_one_window(void)
     int		count = 0;
     win_T	*wp;
 
-    /* If there is another tab page there always is another window. */
+    // If there is another tab page there always is another window.
     if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
 	return FALSE;
 
@@ -6544,7 +6543,7 @@ clear_snapshot_rec(frame_T *fr)
     void
 restore_snapshot(
     int		idx,
-    int		close_curwin)	    /* closing current window */
+    int		close_curwin)	    // closing current window
 {
     win_T	*wp;
 
diff --git a/src/xpm_w32.c b/src/xpm_w32.c
index 20612c51e..111988a71 100644
--- a/src/xpm_w32.c
+++ b/src/xpm_w32.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
 #include "xpm_w32.h"
 
-/* Engage Windows support in libXpm */
+// Engage Windows support in libXpm
 #define FOR_MSW
 
 #include "xpm.h"
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ LoadXpmImage(
     HBITMAP *hImage,
     HBITMAP *hShape)
 {
-    XImage	    *img;  /* loaded image */
-    XImage	    *shp;  /* shapeimage */
+    XImage	    *img;  // loaded image
+    XImage	    *shp;  // shapeimage
     XpmAttributes   attr;
     int		    res;
     HDC		    hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(NULL);